2010 murano owner's manual

Black plate (2,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 7/ 31

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, we will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST— THEN DRIVE SAFELY

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’sManual carefully. This will ensure familiarity withcontrols and maintenance requirements, assist-ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA-TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seatedin the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity for off-road use. As with othervehicles with features of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or an accident.Be sure to read “On-pavement and off-road driving precautions”, “Avoiding colli-sion and rollover” and “Driving safetyprecautions” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification may not be coveredunder NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

Foreword

Black plate (3,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 8/ 3

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed care-fully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do notdo this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in anillustration, it means the arrow points to the frontof the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling mayapply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Black plate (4,1)


BLUETOOTH® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,U.S.A.

Gracenote® is a registered tra-demark of Gracenote, Inc. TheGracenote logo and logo type,and the “Powered by Gracenote”logo are trademarks of Grace-note.

XM Radio® requires a subscrip-tion, sold separately after the first90 days. It is not available inAlaska, Hawaii or Guam. Formore information, visitwww.xmradio.com.

*C 2009 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,Ltd.

Black plate (5,1)


NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department usingour toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

— Your name, address, and telephone number

— Vehicle identification number (attached tothe top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

— Date of purchase

— Current odometer reading

— Your NISSAN dealer’s name

— Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

NISSAN CUSTOMER CAREPROGRAM

Black plate (1,1)

Table ofContents

Model "Z51-D" Edited: 2009/ 8/ 3

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical and consumer information 9

Index 10

Black plate (1,1)

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7

Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10

VQ35DE engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-11

0 Illustrated table of contents


Black plate (4,1)


SSI0372B

1. Rear center seat belt (Page 1-22)

2. Adjustable headrest (P.1-12)

3. Seat belts (P.1-15)

4. Armrest (P.1-14)

5. Head restraints (P.1-9)— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-11)

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags (P.1-45)

7. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-45)

8. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strapchild restraint) (P.1-29)

9. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system (P.1-28)

10. Rear seats (P.1-6)— Child restraints (P.1-26)

11. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbags (P.1-45)

12. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-57)

13. Front seats (P.1-3)

14. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-51)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Black plate (5,1)


SSI0373

1. Hood (P.3-18)

2. Headlight and turn signal lights— Switch operation (P.2-32)— Bulb replacement (P.8-25)

3. Windshield wiper and washer— Switch operation (P.2-28)— Rain-sensing auto wiper system*(P.2-29)— Blade replacement (P.8-17)— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

4. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-47)

5. Moonroof* (P.2-51)

6. Power windows (P.2-48)

7. Recovery hook (P.6-15)

8. License plate installation (P.9-11)

9. Fog lights*— Switch operation (P.2-35)— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

10. Tires— Wheel and tires (P.8-30, P.9-7)— Flat tire (6-2)— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)(P.2-12, P.5-3)

11. Outside mirrors (P.3-29)

12. Doors— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-4)— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)— Security system (P.2-25)

13. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-7)

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Black plate (6,1)


14. Fuel-filler door— Operation (P.3-23)— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

*: if so equipped


Black plate (7,1)


SSI0374

1. Lift gate (P.3-19)— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-15)— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)

2. Rear window wiper and washer— Switch operation (P.2-30)— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

3. Rear window defroster (P.2-31)

4. High-mounted stop light— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

5. Antenna (P.4-62)— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-32)

6. Back-up light— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

7. Rear combination light— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR REAR


Black plate (8,1)


SSI0636

1. Cargo cover* (P.2-45)

2. Rear personal light (P.2-53)

3. Coat hooks (P.2-48)

4. Mobile Entertainment System (MES)*— Flip-down screen (P.4-64)— Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) player (P.4-63)— DVD remote controller (P.4-67)

— Headphones (P.4-66)

5. Door armrest— Power window switch (P.2-48)— Power door lock switch (P.3-6)— Outside mirror remote control switch (P.3-29)

6. Sun visors (P.3-26)

7. Moonroof* (P.2-51)

8. Front map lights (P.2-53)

9. Mood light (P.2-54)

10. Sunglasses holder (P.2-42)

11. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-27)— Anti-glare adjustment* (P.3-28)— HomeLink® universal transceiver* (P.2-55)— Compass* (P.2-7)

12. Cargo area— Storages (P.2-45)— Luggage hooks (P.2-46)— Cargo light (P.2-55)— Spare tire (P.6-3)

13. Rear cup holders (P.2-41)

14. Heated seat switch (rear)* (P.2-37)

15. Console box - rear (P.2-43)

16. Auxiliary input jack* (P.4-48)

17. Console box (P.2-43)— Power outlet* (P.2-39)

18. Front cup holders (P.2-41)

19. Storage box (P.2-44) or Cigarette lighter/Ashtray(P.2-40)

*: if so equipped

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


Black plate (9,1)


SSI0627

1. Side ventilator (P.4-25)

2. Power lift gate switch* (P.3-19)

3. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch(P.2-32)

4. Fuel-filler door opener switch (P.3-23)

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*— Audio control* (P.4-61)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control*(P.4-75)

6. Meters and gauges (P.2-4)

7. Steering wheel— Horn (P.2-36)— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-45)— Power steering system (P.5-25)

8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— Cruise control switches (P.5-18)

9. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-28)

10. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-9)

11. Center ventilator (P.4-25)

12. Center display (P.4-2)/Center color display*(P.4-2)/Navigation system**

13. Heater/air conditioner orCenter multi-function control panel*— Navigation system**— Vehicle information and setting buttons (P.4-8)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (P.4-75)— Audio system (P.4-31)

14. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-36)

15. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-45)

16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(P.2-39, 5-27)

17. Hood release handle (P.3-18)

18. Power lift gate main switch (P.3-19)

19. Power seatback switch* (P.1-6)

20. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)

21. Parking brake (P.5-17)

22. Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever or switch(P.3-25)

23. Intelligent Key port (P.5-11)

INSTRUMENT PANEL


Black plate (10,1)


24. Audio system (P.4-31)— Clock (P.2-38)

25. Heated seat switch* (P.2-37)

26. Selector lever (P.5-13)

27. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-52)

28. Power outlet (P.2-39)

29. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch* (P.5-21)

30. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster switch(P.2-31)

31. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-26) or Audiosystem (P.4-31)

32. Glove box (P.2-43)

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual (if so equipped).


Black plate (11,1)


SSI0377

1. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-35)

2. Tachometer (P.2-6)

3. Speedometer (P.2-5)

4. Fuel gauge (P.2-7)

5. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-10)

6. Trip computer switch (P.2-21)

7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display (P.2-17)

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-6)

9. Vehicle information display— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-5)— Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator (P.2-15)

10. RESET switch for trip odometer (P.2-5)

METERS AND GAUGES


Black plate (12,1)


SDI2172

VQ35DE ENGINE1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-11)

2. Drive belt location (P.8-15)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

5. Air cleaner (P.8-16)

6. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-20)

7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

8. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7)

9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)

11. Battery (P.8-13)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT


Black plate (13,1)


Warninglight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)*

2-10

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-11

Brake warning light 2-11

Charge warning light 2-12

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-12

Intelligent Key warning light 2-12

Low tire pressure warning light 2-12

Master warning light 2-14

Seat belt warning light 2-14

Supplemental air bag warninglight

2-14

Indicatorlight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)*

2-14

Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) position indicatorlight

2-15

Cruise indicator light 2-15

Front passenger air bag statuslight

2-15

High beam indicator light 2-15

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-15

Overdrive off indicator light 2-16

Slip indicator light 2-16

Small light indicator lights 2-16

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-16

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-16

*: if so equipped

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Black plate (14,1)


MEMO


Black plate (4,1)

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system


Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Adjustable headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Armrest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Three-point type seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System(LATCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

Top tether strap child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29Child restraint installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31Child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . 1-35

Booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41Precautions on booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41Booster seat installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43

Supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . 1-45NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag systems . . . . . . . . . 1-55Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) . . . . . . . . . 1-57Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58Repair and replacement procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59

Black plate (16,1)


SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seatproperly. See “PRECAUTIONS ONSEAT BELT USAGE” later in thissection.

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injuredis increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or da-mages.

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Black plate (17,1)


SSS0792

FRONT SEATS

Front manual seat adjustment

Forward and backward:

Pull the lever *1 up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the lever to lock the seat inposition.

Reclining:

To recline the seatback, pull the lever*2 up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward, pullthe lever up and lean your body forward. Releasethe lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE” later in this section.) Also, the seatbackcan be reclined to allow occupants to rest whenthe vehicle is stopped and the transmission inthe P (Park) position.

SSS0793

Seat lifter (if so equipped):

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired positionis achieved.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Black plate (18,1)


SSS0684

Lumbar support (if so equipped):

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Move the lever *1 up or down to adjust theseatback lumbar area.

Front power seat adjustment

Operating tips:

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.

See “AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sectionfor the seat position memory function.


Black plate (19,1)


SSS1026

Forward and backward:

Moving the switch *1 forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining:

Move the recline switch *2 backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch *2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE” later in this section.) Also, the seatbackcan be reclined to allow occupants to rest when

the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is inthe P (Park) position.

SSS1027

Seat lifter (if so equipped):

Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle of the front portion orheight of the seat.


Black plate (20,1)


SSS1028

Lumbar support (if so equipped):

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Push the front*1 or back*2 end of the switchto adjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS0569

REAR SEATS

Folding

Before folding the rear seats:

. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hookson the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks” laterin this section.)

. Disconnect and stow the center seat beltand tongue into the retractor base. (See“Rear center seat belt” later in this section.)

. Always reconnect the center seat belt whenthe seat is returned to the upright position.

. Remove drink containers from the rear cupholder.

To fold down the seatbacks:

Pull the strap on the rear seat*A . Pull the lever*B beside the cargo area and fold the seat-back.


Black plate (21,1)


SSS0821

To return the seatbacks:

Manual operation:

Lift up each seatback and push it to the uprightposition until it is latched.

Power operation (if so equipped):

Push and hold the corresponding switch locatedon the lower side of the instrument panel*B orthe right or left side in the cargo area *A .

A beep sounds once and the seatback will bereturned automatically.

A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fullyreturned to the seating position.

If the control unit detects any obstacle ormalfunctions while in the power operation, abeep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatbackwill return to the folded position automatically.Check if there are any obstacles caught thatprevent seats from returning to the foldedposition. See a NISSAN dealer if the beep stillsounds.

CAUTION

When operating the rear power seat-back return, make sure that the vehicleis stopped and the transmission is inthe P (Park) position.

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seatswhen they are in the fold-downposition. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely to beseriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

. Do not fold down the rear seatswhen occupants are in the rear seatarea or any luggage is on the rearseats.

. When folding or returning the seat-backs to the upright position, toavoid injury to yourself and others:

— Make sure that the seat path isclear before moving the seat.

— Be careful not to allow hands orfeet to get caught or pinched inthe seat.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. When returning the seatbacks, besure to attach the rear center seatbelt connector.

. Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rear


Black plate (22,1)


center seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not securedin the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SSS0227A

RecliningPull the reclining strap *A and position theseatback at the desired angle. Release thereclining strap after positioning the seat at thedesired angle.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes to helpobtain proper seat belt fit. (See “PRECAU-TIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE” later in thissection.) The seatback may also be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicle isparked.

WARNING


. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly. See “PRECAUTIONS ONSEAT BELT USAGE” later in thissection.

. After adjustment, check to be surethe seat is securely locked.


Black plate (23,1)


HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the othervehicle safety systems. They may pro-vide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjust thehead restraints properly, as specified inthis section. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraintstalks or remove the head restraint. Donot use the seat if the head restrainthas been removed. If the head restraintwas removed, reinstall and properlyadjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of thehead restraints. This may increase therisk of serious injury or death in acollision.

SSS1013

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints. The head re-straints are adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.

SSS0992

Components1. Head restraint

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks


Black plate (24,1)


SSS0997

AdjustmentAdjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down.


Black plate (25,1)


SSS0995

RemovalUse the following procedure to remove theadjustable head restraints.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highestposition.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Install and properly adjust the head restraintbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

SSS0996

Install1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes

in the seat. Make sure that the head restraintis facing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob *2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.

SSS0508

Front-seat Active Head RestraintThe Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision. Themovement of the head restraint helps supportthe occupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it is saidthat whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original position.


Black plate (26,1)


Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly asdescribed earlier in this section.

ADJUSTABLE HEADREST

WARNING

The adjustable headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. Theymay provide additional protectionagainst injury in certain rear end colli-sions. Adjust the headrests properly, asspecified in this section. Check theadjustment after someone else usesthe seat. Do not attach anything to theadjustable headrest stalks or removethe adjustable headrests. Do not usethe seat if the adjustable headrestshave been removed. If the headrestwas removed, reinstall and properlyadjust the headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure tofollow these instructions can reduce theeffectiveness of the adjustable head-rests. This may increase the risk ofserious injury or death in a collision.

SSS1014

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with adjustable headrests. The head-rests are adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith an adjustable headrest.

SSS0992

Components1. Adjustable headrest

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks


Black plate (27,1)


SSS0997

AdjustmentAdjust the headrest so the center is level withthe center of your ears.

SSS0993

To raise the headrest, pull it up.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe headrest down.


Black plate (28,1)


SSS0995

RemovalUse the following procedure to remove theadjustable headrests.

1. Pull the headrest up to the highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the headrest from the seat.

4. Store the headrest properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Install and properly adjust the headrestbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

SSS0996

Install1. Align the headrest stalks with the holes in

the seat. Make sure that the headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob *2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push theheadrest down.

3. Properly adjust the headrest before anoccupant uses the seating position.

SSS0229A

ARMREST

Rear armrestPull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.


Black plate (29,1)


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136

SSS0134

SEAT BELTS


Black plate (30,1)


SSS0016

SSS0014

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat and,if appropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt isnot worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never put the belt behindyour back, under your arm or acrossyour neck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an acci-dent.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may in-dicate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, donot modify the seat belt, add mate-rial, or install devices that maychange the seat belt routing ortension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with theseat belt system may result inserious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner has


Black plate (31,1)


activated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a NISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision wasminor and the belts show no da-mage and continue to operate prop-erly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement re-commendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Front-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants (up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Front-facing child re-straints are available for children who outgrowrear-facing child restraints and are at least 1year old. Booster seats are used to help positiona vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a front-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not

fit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. (See“CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in this section.)

Also, there are other types of child restraintsavailable for larger children for additional pro-tection.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger. (See “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM” later in this section.)

InfantsInfants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraints


Black plate (32,1)


that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

Small childrenChildren that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lb (9 kg) can be placed in a front-facingchild restraint. Refer to the manufacturer’sinstructions for minimum and maximum weightand height recommendations. NISSAN recom-mends that small children be placed in childrestraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided. The seat belt may notfit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5cm) tall and weighs between 40 lb (18 kg) and80 lb (36 kg). A booster seat should be used toobtain proper seat belt fit.

NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in acommercially available booster seat if theshoulder belt in the child’s seating position fits

close to the face or neck or if the lap portion ofthe seat belt goes across the abdomen. Thebooster seat should raise the child so that theshoulder belt is properly positioned across thetop, middle portion of the shoulder and the lapbelt is low on the hips. A booster seat can onlybe used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fitthe vehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo areas while the vehicle is moving.The child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident or sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist. Placethe shoulder belt over your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over

your abdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts, depending on the injury. Check withyour doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.


. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat belt


Black plate (33,1)


properly.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “SEATS” earlier in this

section.)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

. The retractor is designed to lockduring a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.

Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.


Black plate (34,1)


SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract to

allow the driver and passengers some freedomof movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seatbelt when the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt forchild restraint installation.

When ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, see “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later inthis section.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and


Black plate (35,1)


restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any question about seat beltoperation, see a NISSAN dealer.

SSS0351A

Shoulder belt height adjustmentThe shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE”earlier in this section.)

To adjust, pull the adjustment button *1 , andthen move the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position *2 , so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but not fallingoff of your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the ad-justment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and downto make sure it is securely fixed inposition.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident.


Black plate (36,1)


SSS0845

Seat belt hooksWhen the rear seat belts are not in use andwhen folding down the rear seats, hook the rearouter seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SSS0846

Rear center seat beltThe rear center seat belt has a connector tongue*1 and a seat belt tongue *2 . Both theconnector tongue and the seat belt tongue mustbe securely latched for proper seat belt opera-tion.

SSS0241

WARNING

. Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

. Always make sure both the connec-tor tongue and the seat belt tongueare secured when using the seatbelt or installing a child restraint. Donot use the seat belt or childrestraint with only the seat belttongue attached. This could resultin serious personal injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop.


Black plate (37,1)


SSS0703

The center seat belt buckle and the tongue areidentified by the CENTER mark. The center seatbelt tongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

SSS0225

Stowing rear center seat belt:

When folding down the rear seat, the rear centerseat belt can be retracted into a stowed positionas follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue *1 so that theseat belt does not retract suddenly when thetongue is released from the connectorbuckle. Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool such as key*A intothe connector buckle.

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractorbase first *2 .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into theretractor base *3 .

WARNING


. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rearcenter seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured


Black plate (38,1)


in the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SSS0232

Attaching rear center seat belt:

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckle areattached. Disconnect only when folding downthe rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from theretractor base *1 .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base *2 .

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connectorbuckle until it clicks *3 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the ! and ~ mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue can beattached only into the rear center seat beltconnector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seatbelts” earlier in this section.

WARNING


. When attaching the rear center seat


Black plate (39,1)


belt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rearcenter seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not securedin the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

SSS0235

Storing rear seat belt bucklesBefore folding down the seat, put the buckles inthe storage of the seat cushion to avoiddropping it under the seat cushion.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available that iscompatible with the installed seat belts. Theextender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) oflength and may be used for either the driver orfront passenger seating position. See a NISSANdealer for assistance if an extender is required.

WARNING

. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seat


Black plate (40,1)


belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat beltassembly should be replaced.

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

. Infants and small children shouldalways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in thevehicle. Failure to use a child re-straint can result in serious injury ordeath.

. Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongestadult to resist the forces of a severeaccident. The child could be crushedbetween the adult and parts of thevehicle. Also, do not put the sameseat belt around both your child andyourself.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child. Arear-facing child restraint must onlybe used in the rear seat.

. NISSAN recommends that the childrestraint be installed in the rear

CHILD RESTRAINTS


Black plate (41,1)


seat. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat. If you must install afront-facing child restraint in thefront seat, see “CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS” later in this section.

. Improper use or improper installa-tion of a child restraint can increasethe risk or severity of injury for boththe child and other occupants of thevehicle and can lead to seriousinjury or death in an accident.

. Follow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use. When purchasinga child restraint, be sure to selectone which will fit your child andvehicle. It may not be possible toproperly install some types of childrestraints in your vehicle.

. If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a suddenstop greatly increases.

. Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only those

loads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

. Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the child restraint,but as upright as possible.

. After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child init. Push it from side to side whileholding the seat near the LATCHattachment or by the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm) from sideto side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds therestraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the belt asnecessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. Youmay need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

. When your child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with the LATCHSystem or a seat belt to prevent itfrom being thrown around in case ofa sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint lower anchor system, referred to as theLower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Systemor LATCH. Some child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to these lower anchors. Fordetails, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)” later in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.(See “CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS” later in this section.)In general, child restraints are also designed tobe installed with the lap portion of a lap/shoulderseat belt.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and small children of various sizes. Whenselecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor


Black plate (42,1)


Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on front-facing childrestraints to be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH)

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren System (LATCH) compa-tible child restraints. This system may also bereferred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatiblesystem. With this system, you do not have to usea vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint.

The LATCH anchor points are provided to installchild restraints in the rear outboard seatingpositions only. Do not attempt to install a childrestraint in the center position using the LATCHanchors.

SSS0419BLATCH system anchor location

SSS0637LATCH system lower anchor


Black plate (43,1)


LATCH lower anchor point locationsThe LATCH anchors are located at the rear ofthe seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH anchors.

WARNING

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration. If a childrestraint is not secured properly,your child could be seriously injuredor killed in an accident.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position usingthe LATCH anchors. The child re-straint will not be secured properly.

. Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

SSS0643LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH anchorattachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With thissystem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH system. This informationmay also be in the instructions provided by thechild restraint manufacturer.

SSS0644LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

LATCH child restraints generally require the useof a top tether strap. (See “TOP TETHERSTRAP CHILD RESTRAINT” later in this sectionfor installation instructions.)

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint. (See“CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCH” later in this section.)

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINT

If the manufacturer of your child restraintrequires the use of a top tether strap, it mustbe secured to an anchor point.


Black plate (44,1)


WARNING

. Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint top tether strap is da-maged.

— If the cargo cover contacts thetop tether strap when it is at-tached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from thevehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment loca-tion. If the cargo cover is notremoved, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision.

— Do not allow cargo to contactthe top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether an-chor. Properly secure the cargoso it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is notproperly secured or that con-

tacts the top tether strap maydamage the top tether strapduring a collision.

SSS0822

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the seatbacks.

Installing top tether strapFirst secure the child restraint with the LATCHsystem (rear outboard seating positions only) orthe seat belt as applicable.

1. Remove the headrest from the seatback.Store it in a secure place.

2. Position the top tether strap over the top ofthe seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorbracket that provides the straightest instal-lation.


Black plate (45,1)


4. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult your NISSAN dealer for de-tails.

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH

WARNING

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown. For the LATCH lower anchorlocations, see “Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren System(LATCH)” earlier in this section. If achild restraint is not secured prop-erly, your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in an accident.

. The LATCH anchors are designed towithstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstance are they tobe used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-

ing your fingers into the loweranchor area and feeling to makesure there are no obstructions overthe LATCH anchors, such as seatbelt webbing or seat cushion mate-rial. The child restraint will not besecured properly if the LATCH an-chors are obstructed.

Front-facingFollow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint using LATCH system:

1. Adjust the rear seatback to the uprightposition.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0645Front-facing (webbing-mounted) — step 3

3. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.


Black plate (46,1)


SSS0646Front-facing (rigid-mounted) — step 3

4. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the headrestto obtain the correct child restraint fit. (See“HEAD RESTRAINTS” earlier in this sec-tion.)

If the headrest is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall theheadrest when the child restraint is re-moved.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable headrest and it is interfering withthe proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0647Front-facing — step 5

5. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

6. If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. (See “TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT” earlier in this section.)


7. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theLATCH attachment path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm)from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachment holdsthe restraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachment asnecessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.


Black plate (47,1)


8. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 4through 7.

Rear-facingFollow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:


SSS0648Rear-facing (webbing-mounted) — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

SSS0649Rear-facing (rigid-mounted) — step 2


Black plate (48,1)


SSS0639Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.


4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theLATCH attachment path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm)from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachment holdsthe restraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachment asnecessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 3through 4.


Black plate (49,1)


SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontpassenger seat. Front air bags in-flate with great force. A rear-facingchild restraint could be struck by thefront air bag in a crash and couldseriously injure or kill your child.

. NISSAN recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.

However, if you must install a front-facing child restraint in the frontpassenger seat, move the passen-ger seat to the rearmost position.Also, be sure the front passenger airbag status light is illuminated toindicate the passenger air bag isOFF. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” later in this sectionfor details.

. The three-point seat belt in yourvehicle is equipped with an Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) whichmust be used when installing a childrestraint.

. Failure to use the ALR mode willresult in the child restraint not beingproperly secured. The restraintcould tip over or otherwise be un-secured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

. When using the rear center seat beltto install a child restraint, make surethe connector tongue and the seatbelt tongue are secured. Do not usethe seat belt with only the seat belttongue attached. This could result inserious personal injury in case of anaccident or sudden stop.

. A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

The instructions in this section apply to childrestraint installation using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seat or the front passenger seat.


Black plate (50,1)


SSS0640Front-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Front-facingFollow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rearseat or in the front passenger seat:


If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in afront-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the seatback. If necessary,adjust or remove the head restraint/headrest(front passenger seat only) to obtain thecorrect child restraint fit. (See “HEADRESTRAINTS” earlier in this section.)

If the head restraint/headrest is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest when the childrestraint is removed.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

SSS0360BFront-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.


Black plate (51,1)



4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.


6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only). (See “TOPTETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT” ear-lier in this section.) Do not install childrestraints that require the use of a top tetherstrap to seating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.


Black plate (52,1)



8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theseat belt path. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm) from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the belt asnecessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check that the retractor is in the ALR modeby trying to pull more seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot pull any more beltwebbing out of the retractor, the retractor isin the ALR mode.

10. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 9.


11. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, turn the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If thislight is not illuminated, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” later in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.


Black plate (53,1)


SSS0100

Rear-facingFollow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rearseat:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.


2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.


3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


Black plate (54,1)



4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.


5. Remove any additional slack from the childrestraint; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraint withyour hand to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling up onthe seat belt.


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theseat belt path. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm) from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the belt asnecessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.


Black plate (55,1)


7. Check that the retractor is in the ALR modeby trying to pull more seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot pull any more seatbelt webbing out of the retractor, theretractor is in the ALR mode.

8. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 7.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

SSS0099

PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING

. Infants and small children shouldalways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in thevehicle. Failure to use a child re-straint or booster seat can result inserious injury or death.

. Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongestadult to resist the forces of a severeaccident. The child could be crushed

between the adult and parts of thevehicle. Also, do not put the sameseat belt around both your child andyourself.

. NISSAN recommends that the boos-ter seat be installed in the rear seat.According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. If you must install abooster seat in the front seat, see“BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION”later in this section.

. A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position that hasa lap/shoulder belt. Failure to use athree-point type seat belt with abooster seat can result in a seriousinjury in sudden stop or collision.

. Improper use or improper installa-tion of a booster seat can increasethe risk or severity of injury for boththe child and other occupants of thevehicle and can lead to seriousinjury or death in an accident.

. Do not use towels, books, pillows orother items in place of a boosterseat. Items such as these may move

BOOSTER SEATS


Black plate (56,1)


during normal driving or a collisionand result in serious injury or death.Booster seats are designed to beused with a lap/shoulder belt. Boos-ter seats are designed to properlyroute the lap and shoulder portionsof the seat belt over the strongestportions of a child’s body to providethe maximum protection during acollision.

. Follow all of the booster seat man-ufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use. When purchasing abooster seat, be sure to select onewhich will fit your child and vehicle.It may not be possible to properlyinstall some types of booster seatsin your vehicle.

. If the booster seat and seat belt isnot used properly, the risk of a childbeing injured in a collision or asudden stop greatly increases.

. Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the booster seat,but as upright as possible.

. After placing the child in the boosterseat and fastening the seat belt,make sure the shoulder portion of

the belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the abdomen.

. Do not put the shoulder belt behindthe child or under the child’s arm. Ifyou must install a booster seat inthe front seat, see “BOOSTER SEATINSTALLATION” later in this section.

. When your booster seat is not inuse, keep it secured with a seat beltto prevent it from being thrownaround in case of a sudden stop oraccident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the boosterseat.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.


Black plate (57,1)


LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat *1 is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat*2 should be used.

LRS0464

. If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible withyour child. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

WARNING

NISSAN recommends that boosterseats be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a boosterseat in the front passenger seat, movethe passenger’s seat to the rearmostposition.

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) modewhen using a booster seat with theseat belts.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:


Black plate (58,1)


SSS0640Front passenger seat


If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

LRS0451Rear center position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. (See “HEAD RESTRAINTS”earlier in this section.)

If the head restraint/headrest is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest when the boos-ter seat is removed.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.

LRS0452Rear outboard position

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.


Black plate (59,1)


LRS0454Front passenger seat

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in the “THREE-POINT TYPE SEATBELT” earlier in this section.

SSS0823

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, turn the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not beilluminated depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat used.(See “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.)

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information concern-ing the following systems:

. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag

. Seat belt pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger in certainfrontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest area of thedriver and front passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force to the

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM


Black plate (60,1)


head of occupants in front and rear outboardseating positions in certain side impact orrollover collisions. In a side impact, the curtainand rollover air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted. In arollover both curtain and rollover air bags aredesigned to inflate and remain inflated for ashort period of time.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. (See “SEAT BELTS” earlier in thissection for instructions and precautions on seatbelt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SSS0131

SSS0132


Black plate (61,1)


WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower se-verity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. Thefront air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position inany way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit

back against the seatback and asfar-away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped withsensors that detect if the seat beltsare fastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags. Failure toproperly wear seat belts can in-crease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with an occupant classifi-cation sensor (pattern sensor) thatturns the front passenger air bagOFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in thissection.

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could in-

crease the risk that they are injuredif the front air bag inflates.


Black plate (62,1)


SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


Black plate (63,1)


WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, sideair bags or curtain and rollover airbags inflate if they are not properlyrestrained. Pre-teens and childrenshould be properly restrained in therear seat, if possible.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child.See “CHILD RESTRAINTS” earlier inthis section for details.

SSS0059ADo not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162


Black plate (64,1)


SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rollover supple-mental air bags:

. The side air bags and curtain androllover air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a frontalimpact, rear impact or lower severityside collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

. The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain and rollover air bags aremost effective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor. The sideair bag and curtain and rollover airbag inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand,leg or face near the side air bag onthe side of the seatback of the frontseat or near the side roof rails. Donot allow anyone sitting in the frontseats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the windowor lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previousillustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with

side air bag inflation.


Black plate (65,1)


SSS0847

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbag modules

4. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag inflators

8. Seat belt pretensioners

9. Satellite sensors

10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is designedto meet certification requirements under U.S.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel; thepassenger supplemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the instrument panel above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher severityfrontal impact. They may not inflate in certainfrontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper front air bagoperation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system monitorsinformation from the crash zone sensor, satellitesensor, Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat beltbuckle sensors and occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision and seat beltusage for the driver. For the front passenger, theoccupant classification sensor is also monitored.


Black plate (66,1)


Based on information from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash, depending onthe crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally,the front passenger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, dependingon the information provided by the occupantclassification sensor. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the air bag willbe off). (See “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” later in this section for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating does notindicate improper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. Ifyou are considering modification of your vehicledue to a disability, you may also contactNISSAN. Contact information is contained inthe front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicatea fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the headand chest of the front occupants. They can help

save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,an inflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bags donot provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags will deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

SSS0823Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats,seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.


Black plate (67,1)


Status light:

The front passenger air bag status lightis located on the instrument panel below the airconditioner controls. The light operates asfollows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: Thelight is OFF and the front passenger air bagis OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The light illuminates toindicate that the front passenger air bag isOFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meets the conditions outlined in thissection: The light is OFF to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is opera-tional.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as describedbelow as permitted by U.S. regulations. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflatein a crash. The driver air bag and other air bagsin your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag

to certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to beautomatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passenger airbag OFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the type specified inthe regulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensor can detect it and cause theair bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thepassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however, if the occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), this could cause thesensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sureto be seated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properly

installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, theoccupant classification sensor is designed tooperate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestrains and to use the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)may allow the restraint to tip or move in anaccident or sudden stop. This can also result inthe passenger air bag inflating in a crash insteadof being OFF. (See “CHILD RESTRAINTS”earlier in this section for proper use andinstallation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object being detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occu-pied. The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illuminated


Black plate (68,1)


(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is not sittingon the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or maynot be illuminated, depending on the size of thechild and the type of child restraint being used. Ifthe air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant ispositioned properly. If the air bag status light isnot illuminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The air bag system and passenger air bag statuslight will take a few seconds to register a changein the passenger seat status. However, if theseat becomes unoccupied, the air bag statuslight will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges area,will blink. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seat thatwill leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damagethe seat or occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). This canaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners

(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensor. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental infla-tion of the supplemental air bag ordamage to the supplemental air bagsystem.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag sys-tem.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel andthe instrument panel assembly by


Black plate (69,1)


placing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For exam-ple, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim ma-terial, such as seat covers, on theseat that is not specifically designedto assure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any ob-jects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback.Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the occupantclassification sensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This mayaffect the front air bag system.Tampering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-

trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0848

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front seats. The curtain androllover air bags are located in the side roof rails.These systems are designed to meet voluntaryguidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain and rollover airbags are designed to inflate in higher severity


Black plate (70,1)


side collisions, although they may inflate if theforces in another type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact. They aredesigned to inflate on the side where the vehicleis impacted. They may not inflate in certain sidecollisions. Curtain and rollover air bags are alsodesigned to inflate in certain types of rollovercollisions or near rollovers.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain androllover air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire. Care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestand pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtainand rollover air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the front andrear outboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. However,side air bags and curtain and rollover air bagsmay cause abrasions or other injuries. Side airbags and curtain and rollover air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and the

driver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bags. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe occupants in the outboard seating positions.Because of this, the force of the side air bagsand curtain and rollover air bags inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, these air bag modulesduring inflation. The side air bags and curtainand rollover air bags will deflate quickly after thecollision is over.

The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags operate only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Such

objects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if a sideair bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain and rollover air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof this side air bag and curtain androllover air bags. This is to preventdamage to or accidental inflation ofthe side-impact air bag and curtainside-impact and rollover air bagsystems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operationof the side air bag and curtain androllover air bag systems.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or byinstalling additional trim material,


Black plate (71,1)


such as seat covers, around the sideair bag.

. Work around and on the side air bagand curtain and rollover air bagsystems should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side air bag and curtainand rollover air bag systems.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but a pretensioneris not activated, be sure to have thepretensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by a NISSANdealer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This isto prevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners.Tampering with the pretensionersystem may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioner system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Un-authorized electrical test equipment

and probing devices should not beused on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct preten-sioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate NISSANService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personalinjury.

The pretensioner system activates in conjunc-tion with the front air bag system. The preten-sioner system also activates with the curtain androllover air bags in certain types of rollovercollisions or near rollovers. Working with theseat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved in certaintypes of collisions, helping to restrain front seatoccupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the sameway as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thesmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.


Black plate (72,1)


After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

If any abnormality occurs in the pretensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warning light

will not come on, will flash intermittently orwill turn on for 7 seconds and remain on afterthe ignition switch has been pushed to the ONposition. In this case, the pretensioner may notfunction properly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestNISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicleas shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagThe warning labels *1 are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag,front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag and seat beltpretensioner systems. The monitored circuitsinclude Air bag Control Unit (ACU), crash zonesensor, satellite sensors, occupant classificationsystem, front air bag modules, side air bagmodules, curtain and rollover air bag modules,pretensioners and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,


Black plate (73,1)


the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain and rollover air bag and preten-sioner systems may not operate properly. It mustbe checked and repaired. Take your vehicle tothe nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and roll-over air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDURE

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain androllover air bags and pretensioners are designedto activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-tal air bag warning light will remain illuminatedafter inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-ment of these systems should be done only by aNISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainand rollover air bags and pretensioners andrelated parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCK positionwhen working under the hood or inside thevehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain and rollover air bag hasinflated, the air bag module willnot function again and must bereplaced. Additionally, if any of thefront air bags inflate, the activatedpretensioners must also be re-placed. The air bag module andpretensioner system should be re-

placed by a NISSAN dealer. The airbag modules and pretensioner sys-tem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems,and pretensioner system should beinspected by a NISSAN dealer ifthere is any damage to the frontend or side portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or pretensioner sys-tems, or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct supplemen-tal air bag and pretensioner systemdisposal procedures are set forth inthe appropriate NISSAN ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal injury.


Black plate (7,1)

2 Instruments and controls


Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Compass (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Zone variation change procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-10Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Dot matrix liquid crystal display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Indicators for operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Indicators for maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Security systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Vehicle security system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Rain-sensing auto wiper system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . . 2-31

Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Xenon headlights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Fog light switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

Models without color display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Models with color display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Cigarette lighter and ashtray (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . 2-40Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Storage box (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Cargo floor box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Luggage side box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Roof rack (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Coat hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Black plate (8,1)


Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Automatic moonroof and sunshades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Personal lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Mood lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Cargo lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) . . . . 2-55Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Clearing the programmed information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . . . . . 2-58If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Black plate (76,1)


SSI0627

1. Side ventilator

2. Power lift gate switch*

3. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch

4. Fuel-filler door opener switch

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*— Audio control*— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control*

6. Meters and gauges

7. Steering wheel— Horn— Driver supplemental air bag— Power steering system

8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— Cruise control switches

9. Wiper and washer switch

10. Push-button ignition switch

11. Center ventilator

12. Center display/Center color display*/Navigationsystem**

13. Heater/air conditioner orCenter multi-function control panel*— Navigation system**— Vehicle information and setting buttons— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System— Audio system

14. Hazard warning flasher switch

15. Front passenger supplemental air bag

16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch

17. Hood release handle

18. Power lift gate main switch

19. Power seatback switch*

20. Fuse box cover

21. Parking brake

22. Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever or switch

23. Intelligent Key port

24. Audio system— Clock

25. Heated seat switch*

26. Selector lever

27. Front passenger air bag status light

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Black plate (77,1)


28. Power outlet

29. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*

30. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster switch

31. Heater/air conditioner control or Audio system

32. Glove box

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual (if so equipped).

Instruments and controls 2-3

Black plate (78,1)


SSI0377

1. Instrument brightness control switch

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning/indicator lights

6. Trip computer switch

7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge

9. Vehicle information display— Odometer/twin trip odometer— Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator

10. RESET switch for trip odometer

The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is pushed to theLOCK position. This is not a malfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES


Black plate (79,1)


SIC3571Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour(km/h).

SIC3572Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer *1 and twin trip odometer *2are displayed when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET switch*3 on theright side of the combination meter panelchanges the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET switch *3 formore than 1 second resets the trip odometer tozero.


Black plate (80,1)


SIC3573

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev theengine into the red zone *1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.

SIC3574

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone *1 shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is overthe normal range, stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage the en-gine. See “IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-HEATS” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for immediate action required.


Black plate (81,1)


SIC3575

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after theignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on the dotmatrix liquid crystal display when the fuel tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the gauge reaches “E”. There

will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge needle reaches “E”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soonas possible. After a few driving trips,the light should turn off. If thelight remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected bya NISSAN dealer.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”later in this section.

SIC3181

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, the compass display *B will indicatethe direction of the vehicle’s heading.

COMPASS (if so equipped)


Black plate (82,1)


If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles atless than 5 MPH (8 km/h). You can alsocalibrate the compass by driving your vehicleon your everyday route. The compass will becalibrated once it has tracked 3 completecircles.

To turn on and off the compass manually, pushthe switch*A while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

SIC0611BZone map


Black plate (83,1)


ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE-DURE

The difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass readings.Follow these instructions to set the variance foryour particular location if this happens:

1. Push the switch for more than 3seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variancenumber on the zone map.

NOTE:Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.

3. Push the switch repeatedly until thenew zone number appears in the display,then release the switch. After you releasethe switch, the display will show a compassdirection within a few seconds.

. If the compass deviates from the correctindication soon after repeated adjust-ment, have the compass checked at aNISSAN dealer.

. The compass may not indicate thecorrect compass point in tunnels orwhile driving up or down a steep hill.

(The compass returns to the correct com-

pass point when the vehicle moves to anarea where the geomagnetism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

. Do not install a ski rack, antenna,etc., which are attached to thevehicle by means of a magnet. Theyaffect the operation of the compass.

. When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as it may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.


Black plate (84,1)


All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels)*

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Seat belt warning light Overdrive off indicator light

Brake warning light

Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light(AWD models)*

Small light indicator light

Charge warning lightContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator light

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise indicator lightVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Intelligent Key warning light Front passenger air bag status light *: if so equipped

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand push the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on (if so equipped):

, or , , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff (if so equipped):

, or , , , , , ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played on the dot matrix crystal display on thespeedometer. (See “DOT MATRIX LIQUIDCRYSTAL DISPLAY” later in this section.)

WARNING LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)

The light comes on when the ignition switch ispushed to ON. It turns off soon after the engineis started.

If the AWD system malfunctions, or the diameterof the front and the rear wheels are different, thewarning light will either remain illuminated or

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


Black plate (85,1)


blink. (See “ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. If the AWD warning light blinkswhen you are driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice asecond):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. The drivingmode will change to 2WD toprevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warninglight turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every2 seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Check thatall tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are

not worn.

. If the warning light is still on afterthe above operations, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This indicatesthe ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock assis-tance. (See “BRAKE SYSTEM” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.)

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. (See “BRAKE FLUID” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Have thebrake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”earlier in this section.)


Black plate (86,1)


WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warning lightis on. Driving could be dangerous. Ifyou judge it to be safe, drive care-fully to the nearest service stationfor repairs. Otherwise, have yourvehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a

NISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key warning light

After the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2 secondsand then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with theelectrical steering lock system (if so equipped)or the Intelligent Key system.

If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to free thesteering lock (if so equipped) or to start theengine. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, you can drive the vehicle. However inthese cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repairas soon as possible.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this lightilluminates for about 1 second and turns off.


Black plate (87,1)


Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressure warninglight does not automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

For additional information, see “TIRE PRES-SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section and “TIREPRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch ispushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1minute. Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer.

For additional information, see “TIRE PRES-SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the

“5. Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch pushed ON, havethe vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light stays on after adjusting thetire pressure and driving over 16MPH (25 km/h), have the system

checked by a NISSAN dealer. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. Be sure to correctly install thespecified size of tires to the four


Black plate (88,1)


wheels.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position,the master warning light illuminates if any of thefollowing are displayed on the dot matrix liquidcrystal display:

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/lift gate open warning

See “DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DIS-PLAY” later in this section.

Seat belt warning light

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat isoccupied. For 6 seconds after the ignition

switch is in the ON position, the system doesnot activate the warning light for the frontpassenger.

See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint system”section for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning light

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill illuminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesupplemental front air bag and supplementalside air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systemsand/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bagand pretensioner systems needs servicing andyour vehicle must be taken to your nearestNISSAN dealer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental

Restraint Systems (air bag systems) and/or thepretensioners may not function properly.

For additional information, see “SUPPLEMEN-TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” in the “1. Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain and roll-over air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)

This light illuminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, and turns off within 1second.

When selecting the LOCK mode while theengine is running, this light will illuminate. (See“ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.)


Black plate (89,1)


Continuously Variable Transmis-sion (CVT) position indicator light

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, the indicator shows the automaticselector shift position. (See “CONTINUOUSLYVARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.)

Cruise indicator light

Cruise main switch indicator:

This light illuminates when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light turns off whenthe main switch is pushed again. When thecruise main switch indicator light illuminates, thecruise control system is operational. (See“CRUISE CONTROL” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Cruise malfunction:

If the cruise indicator light blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate the cruisecontrol system is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See“CRUISE CONTROL” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Front passenger air bag statuslight

The front passenger air bag status lightwill be lit and the passenger front air bag will beOFF depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light opera-tion, see “NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAGSYSTEM (front seats)” in the “1. Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section of this manual.

High beam indicator light (Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control and/orContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal-function.

The malfunction indicator light may also come onsteady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, orif the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to makesure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed

tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 USgallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds when the engineis not running, it indicates that the vehicle is notready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST” inthe “9. Technical and consumer information”section.)

Operation:

The malfunction indicator light will come on inone of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady — Anemission control system and/or CVT mal-function has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which may


Black plate (90,1)


damage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.

d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemand/or CVT system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Overdrive off indicator light

The overdrive off indicator light illuminates whenthe overdrive off mode is selected.

For additional information, see ““CONTINU-OUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Slip indicator light

This light will blink when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system is operating, thus alertingthe driver that the vehicle is nearing its tractionlimits. The road surface may be slippery.

Small light indicator light

The light comes on when the front park, sidemarker, tail and license plate lights are on.

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

The light comes on when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates that the VDC system is not operating.When the VDC off indicator light and slipindicator light come on with the VDC systemturned on, this light alerts the driver to the factthat the VDC system’s fail-safe mode is operat-ing, for example the VDC system may not befunctioning properly. Have the system checkedby a NISSAN dealer. If a malfunction occurs inthe system, the VDC system function will becanceled but the vehicle is still driveable. Foradditional information, see “VEHICLE DYNAMICCONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the “5. Startingand driving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position or pushed to the OFF orLOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in theIntelligent Key port. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, and takethe Intelligent Key with you when leaving thevehicle.


Black plate (91,1)


Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in the ACCor OFF position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe chime will sound if the vehicle is driven withthe parking brake applied. Stop the vehicle andrelease the parking brake.

Seat belt warning chimeThe chime will sound for about 6 secondsunless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

SIC3576

The dot matrix liquid crystal display *1 islocated in the speedometer, and it displays,the key operation information and other warn-ings and information.

For the detail about the Intelligent Key System,see “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.

DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTALDISPLAY


Black plate (92,1)


SIC3577

INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the selector lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine will start by

pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed.

You can start the engine directly in any position.

2. Steering lock release malfunctionindicator (if so equipped)This indicator appears when the steering wheelcannot be released from the LOCK position.

If this indicator appears, push the push-buttonignition switch while lightly turning the steering


Black plate (93,1)


wheel right and left.

3. Key insertion indicatorThis indicator appears when the key needs to beinserted into the key port.

If this indicator appears, insert the key into thekey port in the correct direction. (See “PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.)

4. Key removal indicatorThis indicator appears when the driver’s door isopened with the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and the key placed in the keyport. A key reminder chime also sounds.

If this indicator appears, remove the key from thekey port and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

5. NO KEY warningThis warning appears in either of the followingconditions.

No key inside the vehicle:

The warning appears when the door is closedwith the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicleand the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Make sure that the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle.

Unregistered key:

The warning appears when the ignition switch ispushed from the LOCK position and the keycannot be recognized by the system. You cannotstart the engine with an unregistered key. Usethe registered key.

See “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section formore details.

6. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignition switch ispushed to stop the engine with the selector leverin any position except the P (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See“INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

7. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the selector lever ismoved to the P (Park) position with the ignitionswitch in the ACC position after the SHIFT “P”warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFF position,perform the following procedure:

SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the selectorlever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Pushthe ignition switch? ignition switch positionis turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ?(Push the ignition switch ? ignition switchposition is turned to OFF)

8. Key battery discharge indicatorThis indicator appears when the key battery isrunning out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery witha new one. (See “BATTERY REPLACEMENT” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

9. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehicle speed isabove 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake isapplied.

10. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the empty (E) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (E) position.


Black plate (94,1)


11. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washer tank fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.(See “WINDOW WASHER FLUID” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

12. Door/lift gate open warning (ignitionswitch is in the ON position)This warning appears if any of the doors and/orthe lift gate are open or not closed securely. Thevehicle icon indicates which door is open on thedisplay.

13. “Time to rest” indicatorThis indicator appears when the set “time torest” indicator activates. You can set the time forup to 6 hours. (See “TRIP COMPUTER” later inthis section.)

14. Low outside temperature warningThis warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 378F (38C). The warning can be set notto be displayed. (See “TRIP COMPUTER” laterin this section.)

SIC3578

INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE

1. Engine oil replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor changing the engine oil. You can set or resetthe distance for changing the engine oil. (See“TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor replacing the oil filter. You can set or resetthe distance for replacing the oil filter. (See“TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.)

3. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor replacing tires. You can set or reset thedistance for replacing tires. (See “TRIP COM-PUTER” later in this section.)

4. “OTHER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor replacing items other than the engine oil, oilfilter and tires. You can set or reset the distancefor replacing the items. (See “TRIP COMPU-TER” later in this section.)

More maintenance reminders are also availableon the center display. (See “HOW TO USEINFO BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” section.)


Black plate (95,1)


SIC3580

TRIP COMPUTER

Switches for the trip computer are located onthe right side of the combination meter panel. Tooperate the trip computer, push the side or frontof the switches as shown above.

*A switch

*B switch

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, modes of the trip computer can beselected by pushing the switch *A .

Each time the switch *A is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Current fuel consumption ? Average fuelconsumption and speed ? Elapsed time andtrip odometer ? Distance to empty (dte) ?Outside air temperature (ICY) ? Setting ?Warning check

SIC3673

Current fuel consumptionThe current fuel consumption mode shows thecurrent fuel consumption.


Black plate (96,1)


SIC3674

Average fuel consumption (MPG or l(liter)/100 km) and speed (MPH or km/h)

Fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing the switch*Bfor longer than 1 second. (The average speed isalso reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

Speed:

The average speed mode shows the average

vehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting isdone by pushing the switch *B for longerthan 1 second. (The average fuel consumption isalso reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Thefirst 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows“——”.

SIC3675

Elapsed time and trip odometer (mls orkm)

Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pushing the switch *B for longer than1 second. (The trip odometer is also reset at thesame time.)

Trip odometer:

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven since thelast reset. Resetting is done by pushing theswitch *B for longer than 1 second. (Theelapsed time is also reset at the same time.)


Black plate (97,1)


SIC3676

Distance to empty (dte — mls or km)The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated, based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch is

pushed to the OFF position may continue tobe displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves, thefuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-rily change the display.

SIC3677

Outside air temperature (ICY— 8F or 8C)The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or8C in the range of −22 to 1408F (−30 to 608C).

The outside air temperature mode includes a lowtemperature warning feature. If the outside airtemperature is below 378F (38C), the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may be affectedby road or engine heat, wind directions andother driving conditions. The display may differfrom the actual outside temperature or thetemperature displayed on various signs or bill-boards.


Black plate (98,1)


SIC3678

SettingSetting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “Setting can only be operatedwhen stopped” is also displayed on the dotmatrix crystal display.

The switch *A and switch *B areused in the setting mode to select and decide amenu.

SKIP:

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch*B to select other menus.

ALERT:

Alert menu can be set to notify the followingitems.

. TIME TO REST

Select this submenu to specify when the“TIME TO REST” indicator activates.

. ICY

Select this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,select “BACK”.

MAINTENANCE:

The maintenance intervals of the following itemscan be set or reset for the reminders.

. ENGINE OIL

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. OIL FILTER

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset thedistance for replacing items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tires.


OPTIONS:

The 3 option menus can be set to yourpreference.

. LANGUAGE

Select this submenu to choose English orFrench for display.

. UNIT

Select this submenu to choose the unit fromMPG or l/100 km.

. DIAL EFFECTS

Select this menu to set the dial effectsdescribed below to on or off.

— The indicator needles sweep in themeters and the ring illumination will bebrightened gradually when the engine isstarted.



Black plate (99,1)


SIC3679

Warning checkTo see if there are any of the following warningsand corresponding details, select this menu.

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/lift gate open warning

SKIP:

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch*B to select other menus.

DETAIL:

This item is available only when a warning isdisplayed.

Select this menu to see the details of warnings.

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

. Vehicle security system (if so equipped)

. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if soequipped)

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if someone opens the doorsor lift gate when the system is armed. It is not,however, a motion detection type system thatactivates when a vehicle is moved or when a

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Black plate (100,1)


vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interioror exterior vehicle components in all situations.Always secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,and always lock it when unattended. Be awareof your surroundings, and park in secure, well-litareas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identification markers,and tracking systems, are available at autosupply stores and specialty shops. YourNISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.Check with your insurance company to see ifyou may be eligible for discounts for varioustheft protection features.

SIC1699A

How to arm the vehicle security system1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

3. Carry the Intelligent Key.

4. Close all doors, hood and lift gate. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with:

. the lock button on the IntelligentKey

. any request switch

. the power door lock switch

. the key — master or mechanical

5. Confirm that the security indicator light *Acomes on. The security indicator light stayson for about 30 seconds. The vehiclesecurity system is now pre-armed. Afterabout 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flashonce every approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch ispushed to ACC or ON, the system will notarm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood and lift gate lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the follow-ing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain.


Black plate (101,1)


The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door without using the buttonon the Intelligent Key, the request switch orthe key. (Even if the door is opened byreleasing the door inside lock knob, thealarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the unlock button on the IntelligentKey, pushing the request switch or using the key.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by aNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key. Never leave these keys in thevehicle.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY - CARD SLOT)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-da. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTYRESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-ATE THE EQUIPMENT.

SIC1699A

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light *A indicates thestatus of the NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem.

The light blinks after the ignition switch was inthe ACC, OFF and LOCK position. This functionindicates the security systems equipped on thevehicle are operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see a NISSAN dealerfor NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System


Black plate (102,1)


service as soon as possible. Please bringall registered keys that you have whenvisiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank to

mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


Black plate (103,1)


SIC4015

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

*1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can beadjusted by turning the knob toward *A(Slower) or *B (Faster).

For models with the rain-sensing auto wipersystem, see “RAIN-SENSING AUTO WI-PER SYSTEM” later in this section.

*2 Low — continuous low speed operation

*3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

SIC4017

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-TEM (if so equipped)

The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiperspeed depending on the rainfall and the vehiclespeed by using the rain sensor located on theupper part of the windshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, pushthe lever down to the AUTO position *1 . Thewiper will sweep once while the ignition switchis in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjustedby turning the knob toward the front *2 (High)or toward the rear *3 (Low).


Black plate (104,1)


. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off,push up the lever to the OFF position, or pulldown the lever to the LO or HI position.

CAUTION

Do not touch the rain sensor andaround it when the wiper switch is inthe INT position and the ignition switchis in the ON position. The wipers mayoperate unexpectedly and cause to aninjury or a wiper damage.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the INT position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipersmay also operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rear windowglass and obscure your vision. Warmthe rear window with the defrosterbefore you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.


. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrate

and water.

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice that ison and around the wiper arms. In approxi-mately 1 minute, turn the switch on againto operate the wiper.

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH


Black plate (105,1)


SIC4019

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF positionto operate the wiper.

*1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation(not adjustable)

*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera-tion

Push the switch forward *3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

SIC3584Type A

SIC3667Type B

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engineand push the switch *1 on. The indicator light*2 will come on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH


Black plate (106,1)


XENON HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped)

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at aNISSAN dealer.

. Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to a NISSAN dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

. The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to turn

off the headlights for short intervals(for example, when the vehicle stops ata traffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon head-lights is not reduced.

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact a NISSANdealer.

SIC3668

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

*1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Black plate (107,1)


SIC3669

Autolight system (if so equipped)The autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position *1 .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlightsautomatically when it is dark and turn off theheadlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened and thiscondition is continued, the headlights remain onfor 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180seconds after you push the ignition switch toOFF and open any door then close all the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting, see“Auto Headlights Off Delay” in the “4. Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems” section.

SAA0642A

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor*A located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.


Black plate (108,1)


SIC3670

Headlight beam select

*1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward while the switch is in theposition. Pull it back to select the low beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam even when the head-light switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in the ACC,OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the lights will automatically turn off 5minutes after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights automaticallyturn off, the lights will turn on when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

Daytime running light system (Canadaonly)The daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lights

operate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition or in the position. Turn theheadlight switch to the position for fullillumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.


Black plate (109,1)


SIC3585

Instrument brightness controlThe instrument brightness control operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Pushing the control switch*A once will changethe brightness to the night mode.

Pushing the control switch*B once will changethe brightness to the day mode.

To adjust the brightness of instrument panellights, push the control switches. Pushing theupper switch *A will brighten the lights. Whenthe brightness reaches the maximum level, abeep will sound. The lower switch *B dims thelights. Repeatedly pushing the lower switch willturn the lights off and a beep will sound.

SIC3671

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

*1 Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

*2 Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where lights begin flashing.

SIC3672

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn the switchto the position. To turn them off, turn theswitch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.


Black plate (110,1)


SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the high-way unless unusual circumstancesforce you to drive so slowly thatyour vehicle might become a hazardto other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights areon.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

SIC3586

To sound the horn, push the pad area*A of thesteering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH HORN


Black plate (111,1)


WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

SIC2770

The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. Theswitches located on the center console and reardoors (if so equipped for rear seats) can beoperated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

*1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side ofthe switch.

*2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side ofthe switch.

The indicator light in the switch *3 willilluminate when the heater is on.

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


Black plate (112,1)


3. To turn off the heater, return the switch tothe level position. Make sure the indicatorlight goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnoff the switch.

SIC3649

MODELS WITHOUT COLOR DISPLAY

The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays thetime when the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

Adjusting the time1. Push and hold the CLOCK button *1 for

more than 2 seconds until the display shows“Hour Adjust”.

2. Turn the AUDIO knob *2 to adjust hours.

3. Push the CLOCK button *1 or AUDIOknob *2 to enter. The display will show“Minute Adjust”.

4. Turn the AUDIO knob*2 to adjust minutes.

5. Push the CLOCK button *1 or AUDIOknob *2 to enter.

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 10 seconds.

If the power supply is disconnected, the clockwill not indicate the correct time.

Readjust the time.

MODELS WITH COLOR DISPLAY

For adjusting the time, see “Clock settings” inthe “4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio,phone and voice recognition systems” section.

CLOCK


Black plate (113,1)


SIC1881

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. (See “VEHICLEDYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.)

SIC3587Center console

SIC3651Cargo area

SIC3652Console box — Type A

SIC3653Console box — Type B

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH POWER OUTLET


Black plate (114,1)


To use the power outlet, pull the cover asillustrated.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical acces-sory being used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water to

contact the outlet.

SIC3588

To open the ashtray lid, push the lid down andrelease it *1 .

To empty the ashtray, pull out *2 .

The cigarette lighter operates when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way *3 , then releaseit. When the lighter is heated, it will spring out.Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDASHTRAY (if so equipped)


Black plate (115,1)


CAUTION

. The cigarette lighter socket is apower source for the cigarette light-er element only. The use of thecigarette lighter socket as a powersource for any other accessory isnot recommended.

. Do not use any other power outletfor an accessory lighter.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC3118Front

To open the cup holder, push the lid *1 .

To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it up asillustrated *2 .

STORAGE


Black plate (116,1)


SIC3042Rear

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

SIC3589

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push *1 .

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in

direct sunlight. The heat may da-mage the glasses.


Black plate (117,1)


SIC3590

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle *1 .

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lock *2 /unlock *3 the glove box, use themechanical key. For the mechanical key usage,see “KEYS” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.

SIC3654Front

CONSOLE BOX

When the lever*A (driver’s seat side) is pulled,the upper case is available for storing somesmall items. When the lever *B (front passen-ger’s seat side) is pulled, the bottom case isavailable for storing some larger ones.


Black plate (118,1)


SIC3591Rear

To open, push the knob *1 and pull out *2 .

SIC3593

STORAGE BOX (if so equipped)

To open, push the storage box lid *1 asillustrated.

The inner tray can be removed*2 as illustrated.

Do not place valuable items in the storagebox.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

SIC3655Type A

SIC3656Type B


Black plate (119,1)


CARGO FLOOR BOX

Type A1. To open the cargo floor box, pull the strap

*A .

2. Remove the strap*B from the back side ofthe board and hang it on the opening of thelift gate.

Type BTo open the cargo floor box, push*A . To close,push the lid until the lock latches.

The net partitions can be removed *B to makea larger storage space.

The cargo floor box needs to be removed whenyou need a spare tire. (See “FLAT TIRE” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.)

CAUTION

To avoid damage, do not load morethan 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into thecargo floor box.

SIC3594

LUGGAGE SIDE BOX

To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.

SIC3595

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargoarea hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang bothsides on the hooks *1 .


Black plate (120,1)


To use the sub cover, hang the straps on theback of the headrest *2 .

To stow the cargo cover, remove it from thehooks and hold until it is retracted.

To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover andpull the left side of the holder to the oppositeside *3 .

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargocover, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Close the cargo cover when foldingthe rear seat.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the child

restraint top tether strap is da-maged.

— If the cargo cover contacts thetop tether strap when it is at-tached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from thevehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment loca-tion. If the cargo cover is notremoved, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision.

— Do not allow cargo to contactthe top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether an-chor. Properly secure the cargoso it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is notproperly secured or that con-tacts the top tether strap maydamage the top tether strapduring a collision.

SIC3596

LUGGAGE HOOKS

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitable


Black plate (121,1)


ropes and hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can become dan-gerous in an accident or suddenstop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg) *A or 7 lb (3 kg) *B to asingle hook.

SIC3597

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roofrack. Do not load more than 165 lb (75 kg)(black) or 220 lb (100 kg) (silver) on the roofrails. Observe the maximum load limit shown onthe crossbars or roof carriers when you attachthem on the roof rails. Contact a NISSAN dealerfor crossbar or other equipment information. Becareful that your vehicle does not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or itsGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front andrear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-cated on the driver’s door pillar). For moreinformation regarding GVWR and GAWR, see“VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION” in the “9.

Technical and consumer information” section.

WARNING

. Drive extra carefully when the vehi-cle is loaded at or near the cargocarrying capacity, especially if thesignificant portion of that load iscarried on the roof rack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rack hasthe potential to affect the vehiclestability and handling during sud-den or unusual handling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenlydistributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roof rackload weight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removingitems from the roof rack. If you cannotcomfortably lift the items onto the roof


Black plate (122,1)


rack from the ground, use a ladder orstool.

SIC3505

COAT HOOKS

The coat hooks are equipped beside the rearpersonal lights.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the win-dow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in thewindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for about 45seconds after the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF position. If the driver’s or frontpassenger’s door is opened during this periodof about 45 seconds, power to the windows iscanceled.

WINDOWS


Black plate (123,1)


SIC3283A

Main power window switch (driver’sside)1. Driver side window

2. Front passenger side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Rear right passenger side window

5. Window lock button

To open or close the window, push down*A orpull up *B the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open or closeall the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the lock button*C is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

SIC3241

Passenger side power window switchThe passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.


Black plate (124,1)


SIC3285

Automatic operation (for front door win-dows)To fully open or close the window, completelypush down or pull up the switch and release it; itneed not be held. The window will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the window,just push or lift the switch in the oppositedirection.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe window as it is closing, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor 45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

If the windows do not close automaticallyIf the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.


2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchmore than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function toconfirm the initialization is complete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for otherwindows.

If the power window automatic function doesnot operate properly after performing the pro-cedure above, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer.


Black plate (125,1)


WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object onthe moonroof or surrounding area.

. Do not push or pull on the sun-shade. Doing so can damage thesunshade.

AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND SUN-SHADES

The moonroof and sunshades only operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

The automatic moonroof and sunshades areoperational for about 45 seconds, even if theignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. Ifthe driver’s door or the passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45 seconds,power to the moonroof and sunshades iscanceled.

SIC3598

Sliding sunshade and moonroofWhen the OPEN side *1 of the moonroofswitch is pushed, the front and rear sunshadeswill fully open. When the switch is pushed again,the moonroof will fully open.

When the CLOSE side *2 of the moonroofswitch is pushed, the moonroof will automati-cally close. Push the switch again, and the frontand rear sunshades will close.

When the OPEN or CLOSE side of the moon-roof switch is pushed to the second detent (*3or *4 ), both the sunshade and moonroof willopen or close.

To stop the sunshades or moonroof during the

MOONROOF (if so equipped)


Black plate (126,1)


operation, push either of the OPEN*1 , CLOSE*2 or UP *5 of the switch.

Tilting moonroofTo tilt up the moonroof, push the moonroofswitch to the up position *5 .

To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to theup position *5 or push the CLOSE side *2 ofthe switch.

When the moonroof is tilted up, push theCLOSE side of the moonroof switch to thesecond detent *4 . The moonroof will tilt downand the sunshades will close.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing themoonroof.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe moonroof and sunshades when they areclosing, the moonroof will be immediatelyopened.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof and sunshades are closed byautomatic operation when the ignition switch isin the ON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof and sunshades cannot beclosed automatically when the auto reversefunction activates due to a malfunction, pushand hold the CLOSE side *2 of the moonroofswitch.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize themoonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully bypushing the CLOSE side *2 of the moon-roof switch.

2. Push and hold the CLOSE side *2 of themoonroof switch.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof or sunshade moves slightly tothe closed position.

4. Push and hold the CLOSE side *2 of themoonroof switch for 10 seconds.

5. The moonroof and sunshades will fully openand then close.

6. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properly afterperforming the procedure above, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (127,1)


SIC3249

MAP LIGHTS

Push the button as illustrated to turn the light onor off.

SIC3250

PERSONAL LIGHTS

RearPush the button as illustrated to turn the light onor off.

SIC3251

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

The interior light control switch has threepositions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON position *1 themap lights and rear personal lights will illumi-nate.

DOOR positionWhen the switch is in the DOOR position *2 ,the map lights and rear personal lights willilluminate under the following conditions:

. ignition switch is switched to the LOCKposition

INTERIOR LIGHTS


Black plate (128,1)


— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or doorhandle request switch with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights go off.

The lights will also turn off after 30minutes when the lights remain illumi-nated after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF or LOCK position toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

When the auto interior illumination is set to theOFF position (see “VEHICLE INFORMATIONAND SETTINGS” in the “4. Monitor, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” section), the lights will illuminate underthe following condition:

. any door is opened with the ignition switchin any position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights go off.

OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position*3 , thelights will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

SIC3599Map lights

The mood lights *A located in the followingpositions will illuminate whenever the headlightswitch is in the or position.

. next to the map lights

. under the instrument panel

. under the driver’s power window switch

The mood lights can be adjusted with theillumination control buttons.

See “Instrument brightness control” earlier inthis section.

MOOD LIGHTS


Black plate (129,1)


SIC2064

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.

The lights will turn off after 30 minuteswhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

SIC2131A

When the switch is in the ON position *1 , thelight illuminates while the lift gate is opened.When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position*2 , thelight will turn off.

The lights will turn off after 30 minuteswhen the light remain illuminated to pre-vent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro-gramming.

Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver isprogrammed, retain the original transmit-ter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, see “PRO-GRAMMING HomeLink®” later in this sec-tion.

WARNING

. Do not use HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHTS HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


Black plate (130,1)


reverse features as required byfederal safety standards. (Thesestandards became effective foropener models manufactured afterApril 1, 1982.) A garage door openerwhich cannot detect an object in thepath of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

. During programming procedure,your garage door or security gatemay open or close. Make sure thatpeople and objects are clear of thegarage door, gate, etc. that you areprogramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

To program your HomeLink® Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after

1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

SIC3612

1. To begin, push and hold the 2 outer Home-Link® buttons (to clear the memory) until theindicator light*A blinks (after 20 seconds).Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter1 to 3 in (20 to 70 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface.


Black plate (131,1)


SIC3613

3. Using both hands, simultaneously push andhold both the HomeLink® button you want toprogram and the hand-held transmitterbutton.

DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 hasbeen completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This couldtake up to 90 seconds. When the indicatorlight blinks rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapidly flashing light indicatessuccessful programming. To activate thegarage door or other programmed device,push and hold the programmed HomeLink®

button - releasing when the device begins toactivate.

5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinksrapidly for two seconds and then turns solid,HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code”garage door opener signal. You will need toproceed with the next steps to train Home-Link®, completing the programming mayrequire a ladder and another person forconvenience.

6. Push and release the program buttonlocated on the garage door opener’s motorto activate the “training mode”. This button isusually located near the antenna wire thathangs down from the motor. If the wireoriginates from under a light lens, you willneed to remove the lens to access thetraining button.

NOTE:Once you have pushed and releasedthe training button on the garage dooropener’s motor and the “training light”is lit, you have 30 seconds in which toperform step 7. For convenience, usethe help of a second person to assistwhen performing this step.

7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing andreleasing the garage door opener trainingbutton) and firmly push and release theHomeLink® button you’ve just programmed.

Push and release the HomeLink® button upto three times to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink® button should now beprogrammed. To program the remainingHomeLink® buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only.

NOTE:

Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to“clear” all previously programmed Home-Link® buttons.

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, pleaserefer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA-NADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans-mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and holdthe HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4under “Programming HomeLink®”) while youpush and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the indicatorlight flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro-gramming).


Black plate (132,1)


NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener com-ponents.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER-SAL TRANSCEIVER

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-grammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply push theappropriate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The red indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO-SIS

If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from the Home-Link® surface.

. push and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in

(50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®

surface. Hold the transmitter in that positionfor up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is notprogrammed within that time, try holding thetransmitter in another position - keeping theindicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties,please contact the NISSAN Consumer AffairsDepartment. The phone numbers are located inthe Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however toclear all programming, push and hold the twooutside buttons and release when the indicatorlight begins to flash (in approximately 20seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Home-Link® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver button, complete the following.

1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127mm) away from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, firstslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight begins to flash rapidly, release bothbuttons.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button hasnow been reprogrammed. The new device canbe activated by pushing the HomeLink® buttonthat was just programmed. This procedure willnot affect any other programmed HomeLink®

buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink®. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) This


Black plate (133,1)


device must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


Black plate (134,1)


MEMO


Black plate (10,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments


Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Intelligent Key system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Valet hand-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Opening and closing windows with themechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Intelligent Key system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Intelligent Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Intelligent Key operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Battery saver system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Operating manual lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Operating power lift gate (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Auto closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Lift gate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Opening fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Tilt/telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Electric operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Inside mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Vanity mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Entry/exit function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Memory storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Black plate (136,1)


A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. Ifyou lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number. NISSANdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2406Type A

SPA2431Type B

1. Master key (2)

2. Mechanical key (inside the key) (2)

3. Key number plate (1)

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM KEYS

Your vehicle can only be driven with the masterkeys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System components in yourvehicle. These keys have a transponder chip inthe key head.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys. Your dealer canduplicate your existing key. As many as 4 keyscan be used with one vehicle. You should bringall the registered keys that you have to aNISSAN dealer for registration. This is becausethe registration process will erase the memory ofall key codes previously registered into theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After theregistration process, these components will onlyrecognize keys coded into the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System during registration. Any keythat is not given to your dealer at the time ofregistration will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Black plate (137,1)


CAUTION

Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Im-mobilizer System key, which containsan electrical transponder, to come incontact with salt water. This couldcause the system to malfunction.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system components andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered by a NISSAN dealerprior to use with the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of yourvehicle. Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-nents when registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-

ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is waterresistant; however, wetting maydamage the Intelligent Key. Ifthe Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in aplace where temperatures ex-ceed 1408F (608C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keynear an electric appliance suchas a television set, personalcomputer or cellular phone.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. Thiscould affect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This will

prevent the Intelligent Key fromunauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, please con-tact a NISSAN dealer.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Black plate (138,1)


SPA2033

MECHANICAL KEY

To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe key until the lock knob returns to the lockposition.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors and glove box, if they are equipped with akey cylinder.

See “DOORS” later in this section and “STO-RAGE” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the key.

VALET HAND-OFF

When you have to leave a key with a valet, givethem the Intelligent Key itself after removing themechanical key to protect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box from being openedduring valet hand-off, follow the proceduresbelow.

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keepingthe mechanical key in your pocket or bag.Insert the mechanical key into the IntelligentKey when you retrieve your vehicle.

For glove box lock, see “STORAGE” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.


DOORS


Black plate (139,1)


SPA2432

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously using themechanical key.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle *1 will lock all doors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder onceto the rear of the vehicle *2 will unlock thedriver’s door. After returning the key to theneutral position *3 , turning it to the rearagain within 1 minute will unlock all doors.

. You can switch the lock system to the modethat allows you to open all the doors whenthe key is turned once. (See “HOW TO USE

SETTING BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems” section.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE MECHANICAL KEY

The driver’s door key operation also allows youto open and close all door windows.

To open the windows, turn the driver’s door keycylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second. The door is unlocked and thewindow keeps opening while turning the key.

This function can also be performed by pushingand holding the door UNLOCK button of thekey. (See “REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYS-TEM” later in this section.)

To close the windows, turn the driver’s door keycylinder to the front of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second. The door is locked and thewindow keeps closing while turning the key.

SPA2465

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To lock the door individually, move the insidelock knob to the lock position*1 then close thedoor.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position *2 .

When locking the door without IntelligentKey, be sure not to leave the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.


Black plate (140,1)


SPA2300

LOCKINGWITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors. The switches are locatedon the driver’s and front passenger’s doorarmrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position *1 with the driver’sor front passenger’s door open, then close thedoor.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lock

switch to the unlock position *2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver or frontpassenger) is moved to the lock position withthe Intelligent Key in the port and any door open,all doors will lock and unlock automatically. Withthe Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in theIntelligent Key port) and any door open, all doorswill unlock automatically and a chime will soundafter the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the IntelligentKey from being accidentally locked inside thevehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS

. All doors will be locked automatically whenthe vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors will be unlocked automaticallywhen the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position.

The automatic lock and unlock functionscan be deactivated or activated indepen-dently of each other.

To deactivate or activate the automatic lock orunlock system, perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Push the ignition switch to the “ON”position.

3. Do one of the following within 20 seconds ofperforming step 2:

. To change AUTO UNLOCK settings:push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK)for more than 5 seconds.

. To change AUTO LOCK settings: pushand hold the power door lock switch tothe position (LOCK) for more than5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.

5. The ignition must be placed in the OFF andON position again between each settingchange.


Black plate (141,1)


SPA2433

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

The child safety rear door lock helps preventdoors from being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlockposition *2 .

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the Intelligent Key while onan airplane. Make sure the buttonsare not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote controller functionor pushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/or condi-tions may affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. TheIntelligent Key system transmits weak radiowaves. Environmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the Intelligent Key systemunder the following operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal



Black plate (142,1)


computer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such assignals from a TV and personal computer, thebattery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “BATTERY REPLACEMENT” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

For models with a steering wheel lock mechan-ism: Because the steering wheel is lockedelectrically, unlocking the steering wheel withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position isimpossible when the vehicle battery is comple-tely discharged. Pay special attention that thevehicle battery is not completely discharged.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional Intelligent

Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computer or

cellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This may preventthe unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key tooperate the vehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-er.


Black plate (143,1)


SPA1948A

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range *1 from the request switch.

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or

strong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

The operating range *1 is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each request switch.

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone who does notcarry the Intelligent Key to push the requestswitch to lock/unlock the doors.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

. Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the In-telligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry thekey with you and then lock the doors.


Black plate (144,1)


. Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closingdoors with the door handle request switch)can be set to remain inactive. (See “VEHI-CLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS” inthe “4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner,audio, phone and voice recognition sys-tems” section.)

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2434

SPA2435


Black plate (145,1)


When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch *A or the lift gaterequest switch *B within the range of opera-tion.

When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn(or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma-tion. For details, see “Setting hazard indicatorand horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doors1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position, push the ignition switch to the OFFposition and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch*A orlift gate request switch *B while carryingthe Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key whilethe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Keywhile any door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked withanother registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors1. Push the door handle request switch*A or

the lift gate request switch *B once whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and theoutside chime sounds once. The corre-sponding door or the lift gate will unlock.

3. Push the request switch again within 1minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and theoutside chime sounds once again. All thedoors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch whilethe doors are locked. If during this 1-minute timeperiod, the request switch is pushed, all doorswill be locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Inserting the Intelligent Key into the IntelligentKey port

Power lift gate open (if so equipped)1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the power lift gate opener switch *C .

3. The lift gate will unlock and automaticallyopen.

4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and theoutside chime sounds.

To close the lift gate, push the power lift gatebutton on the key, or power lift gate switch onthe instrument panel or lower part of the lift gate.(See “LIFT GATE” in the “3. Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes


Black plate (146,1)


twice. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, neither the hazard indicator nor thehorn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system

(Using door handle or lift gate request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Remote keyless entry system

(Using or button)HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:



(Using door handle or lift gate request switch)HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none


(Using or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none


Black plate (147,1)


Switching procedure:

Push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK *2buttons simultaneously for more than 2 secondsto switch the mode from one to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

When all the following conditions are met for 60minutes, the battery saver system will cut off thepower supply to prevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and

. The selector lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation of theIntelligent Key listed on the following chart orto help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,chime or beep sounds inside and outside thevehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrixliquid crystal display.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle andIntelligent Key.

See “TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE” later inthis section and “DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYS-TAL DISPLAY” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.


Black plate (148,1)


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchto stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously.

The selector lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the selector leverto the P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.


The Intelligent Key is in the IntelligentKey port.

Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-gent Key port.

When closing the door after get-ting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,the outside chime sounds 3 times and theinside warning chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.


The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the selector lever is not inthe P (Park) position.

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch to theOFF position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few secondsand all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switchor the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.


Black plate (149,1)


WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and commu-nication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedfor a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, activatethe panic alarm and open the windows and liftgate (if so equipped) by pushing the buttons onthe Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey can operate at a distance of approximately33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effectivedistance depends upon the conditions aroundthe vehicle.)

The lock and unlock buttons will not operatewhen:

. the distance between the Intelligent Key andthe vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery is completely

discharged.

After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make sure thedoors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons, approachthe vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.

SPA2252AType A

SPA2436Type B

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM


Black plate (150,1)


*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 Power lift gate button (if so equipped)

*4 PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn(or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma-tion. For details, see “Setting hazard indicatorand horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doors1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position and push the ignition switch to theOFF position. Make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors and lift gate.*2

3. Push the LOCK button *1 .

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

*1: Doors will lock while the ignition switch is inthe ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock while any door is open.

Unlocking doors1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button again within1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. Allthe doors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the UNLOCK button whilethe doors are locked. If during this 1-minute timeperiod, the UNLOCK button is pushed, all doorswill be locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windowsTo open the windows, push the door UNLOCK

button *2 for about 3 seconds after thedoor is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton.

Windows cannot be closed using the button onthe Intelligent Key.

The door windows can be opened or closed byturning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See“DOORS” earlier in this section.)

Opening/closing lift gate (if so equipped)1. Push the power lift gate button *3

for more than 1 second.

2. The lift gate will automatically open.

The hazard indicator flashes 5 times and theoutside chime sounds for approximately 3seconds.

To close the lift gate, push the power lift gatebutton *3 .

The lift gate will automatically close.

If the button *3 is pushed while the liftgate is being opened or closed, the lift gate willreverse.

The power lift gate button *3 cannot beoperated when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you can activate the alarm according to thefollowing procedure to call attention.

1. Push the PANIC button *4 for morethan 1 second.


Black plate (151,1)


2. The theft warning alarm will sound and theheadlights will flash for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops under either of thefollowing conditions.

. It has run for 25 seconds, or

. Any of the buttons is pushed. (Note: thepanic button should be pushed for morethan 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, neither the hazard indicator nor thehorn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:



(Using door handle or lift gate request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once


(Using or button)HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:



(Using door handle or lift gate request switch)HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none


(Using or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none


Black plate (152,1)


Switching procedure:

Push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK *2buttons simultaneously for more than 2 secondsto switch the mode from one to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

SPA2437

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1located below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever*2 up at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood down and make sure it locks intoplace.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

HOOD


Black plate (153,1)


WARNING

. Always be sure the lift gate hasbeen closed securely to prevent itfrom opening while driving.

. Do not drive with the lift gate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “EXHAUST GAS (carbon mon-oxide)” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.


. Always be sure that hands and feetare clear of the door frame to avoidinjury while closing the lift gate.

SPA2438

OPERATING MANUAL LIFT GATE

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push theopener switch *A . Pull up the lift gate to open.

The lift gate can be unlocked by:

. pushing the unlock button on theIntelligent Key twice.

. pushing the lift gate request switch (if soequipped).

. pushing the door handle request switchtwice (if so equipped).

. pushing the power door lock switch to theunlock position.

. inserting the mechanical key into the driver’sdoor key cylinder and turning it to the rear ofthe vehicle twice.

To close the lift gate, pull down until it securelylocks.

OPERATING POWER LIFT GATE (if soequipped)

To operate the power lift gate, the selector levermust be in the P (Park) position.

The power lift gate will not operate if the batteryvoltage is low.

LIFT GATE


Black plate (154,1)


SPA2461

Power lift gate main switchThe power lift gate operation can be turned onor off by the power lift gate main switch on theinstrument panel.

When the power lift gate main switch is pushedto the “OFF” position, the power operation is notavailable by the power lift gate switch on the liftgate and lift gate opener switch.

SPA2439

SPA2462

SPA2463

SPA2440


Black plate (155,1)


Power openWhen the lift gate is fully closed, the lift gate willfully open automatically by:

. pushing the power lift gate switch *A onthe instrument panel

. pushing the lift gate opener switch *B

. pushing the power lift gate button *C onthe Intelligent Key for more than 1 second

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the lift gate starts opening.

NOTE:

The lift gate can be opened by the powerlift gate switch *A or the lift gate button

*C even if the lift gate is locked.The lift gate will individually unlock andopen. Once the lift gate is closed, its lockwill align to the vehicle’s lock or unlockstatus.

Power closeWhen the lift gate is fully opened, the lift gatewill fully close automatically by:


. pushing the power lift gate switch *D onthe lower part of the lift gate

. pushing the lift gate release button *C on

the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the lift gate starts closing.

Reverse functionThe power lift gate will reverse immediately ifone of the following actions is performed duringpower open or power close.


. pushing the lift gate switch*D on the lowerpart of the lift gate

. pushing the lift gate button *C onthe Intelligent Key.

The outside chime sounds when the lift gatestarts to reverse.

The power lift gate button *C on theIntelligent Key cannot be operated when theignition switch is in the ON position.

Auto reverse functionThe auto-reverse function enables the lift gate toautomatically reverse when something is caughtin the lift gate as it is opening or closing. Whenthe control unit detects an obstacle, the lift gatewill reverse and return to the full open or fullclose position.

If a second obstacle is detected, the lift gate

motion will stop and the drive motor willdisengage. The lift gate will enter the manualmode.

A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of thelift gate. If an obstacle is detected by the pinchsensor during power close, the lift gate willreverse and return to the full open positionimmediately.

NOTE:

If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed,the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There is a small distance immediatelybefore the closed position that cannotbe detected. Make sure that all passen-gers keep their hands, etc., clear fromthe lift gate opening before closing thelift gate.

Manual modeIf power operation is not available, the lift gatecan be operated manually. Power operation maynot be available if multiple obstacles have beendetected in a single power cycle or if the batteryvoltage is low. When the power lift gate mainswitch is in the OFF position, the lift gate can beopened manually by pushing the lift gate openerswitch. If the power lift gate opener switch is


Black plate (156,1)


pushed during power open or close, the poweroperation will be canceled and the lift gate canbe operated manually.

SPA2464

Safe ModeIf the gas stays of the lift gate*1 lose pressure,the power lift gate safe mode is activated. Whenthe safe mode is activated, the lift gateintermittently closes. Then the lift gate will bepulled to the closed and latched position by amotor.

The power lift gate cannot be opened using theswitches at any time in the safe mode.

Do not operate the lift gate again until it ischecked by a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. If the power lift gate does not stayopen or if the lift gate unexpectedlycloses at any time, do not operatethe lift gate. There may be a pres-sure loss in one or both of the liftgate gas stays. Have the lift gateinspected by a NISSAN dealer.

. Do not activate the power lift gate ifone or both of the lift gate gas staysare removed. Damage to the liftgate or power lift gate mechanismsmay occur.

AUTO CLOSURE

If the lift gate is pulled down to a partly openposition, the lift gate will pull itself to the closedposition.

Do not apply excessive force when theauto closure is operating. Excessive forceapplied may cause the mechanism tomalfunction.

CAUTION

. The lift gate will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoid


Black plate (157,1)


pinching, keep hands and fingersaway from lift gate opening.

. Do not let children operate the liftgate.

SPA1915

LIFT GATE RELEASE

If the lift gate cannot be opened due to adischarged battery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate witha suitable tool.

2. Move the lever toward the direction *A asillustrated to open the lift gate.

Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2441

OPENING FUEL-FILLER DOOR

To open the fuel-filler door, push the openerswitch located below the instrument panel. Tolock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


Black plate (158,1)


FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. Ithas a built-in safety valve neededfor proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control sys-tem. An incorrect cap can result in aserious malfunction and possibleinjury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your vehi-

cle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel containerin the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-tricity can cause an explosion offlammable liquid, vapor or gas inany vehicle or trailer. To reduce therisk of serious injury or death whenfilling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container onthe ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten until thefuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight-en the fuel-filler cap properly maycause the malfunction indicator

light (MIL) to illuminate. If thelight illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal-er.


Black plate (159,1)


SPA2442

The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn thecap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turnthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks areheard.

Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder *Awhile refueling.

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

. Do not adjust the steering wheelany closer to you than is necessaryfor proper steering operation andcomfort. The driver’s air bag inflateswith great force. If you are unrest-rained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way,you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as faraway as practical from the steeringwheel. Always use the seat belts.

SPA2443

MANUAL OPERATION

Tilt or telescopic operationPull the lock lever *1 down and adjust thesteering wheel forward or rearward to thedesired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Pull the lock lever *2 and adjust the steeringwheel up or down to the desired position.

Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheelin place.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING


Black plate (160,1)


SPA2444A

ELECTRIC OPERATION

Tilt or telescopic operationMove the lever to adjust the steering wheel up ordown, forward or rearward to the desiredposition.

Entry/Exit function operation (if soequipped):

The automatic drive positioner system will makethe steering wheel move up automatically whenthe driver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position. This lets the driverget into and out of the seat more easily.

For more information, see “AUTOMATIC DRIVE

POSITIONER” later in this section.

SIC3451

SUN VISORS


Black plate (161,1)


CAUTION

. Do not store the main sun visorbefore storing the extension sunvisor.

. Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor *1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing it to the side *2 .

3. Draw out the extension sun visor *3 fromthe main sun visor to block from furtherglare.

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRROR

Adjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeThe night position*1 will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position*2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when ne-cessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

MIRRORS


Black plate (162,1)


SPA2422AType A

SPA2450Type B

Automatic anti-glare typeThe inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the followingvehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, theindicator light *A will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehicle behindyou will be reduced.

Type A: Push the switch *B to make theinside rearview mirror operate normally and theindicator light will turn off. Push the switchagain to turn the system on.

Type B: Push the “*” switch *C to make theinside rearview mirror operate normally. Theindicator light will turn off. Push the “I” switch*D to turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *E or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensor, resulting in improper opera-tion.

For the compass (if so equipped) operation, see“COMPASS” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver opera-tion, see “HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI-VER” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.


Black plate (163,1)


SPA2319

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch is located onthe armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the switch right or left to select the right orleft side mirror*1 , then adjust using the controlswitch *2 .

Defrosting outside mirrors (if soequipped)The outside mirrors will be heated when the rearwindow defroster switch is operated.

SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsFold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.


Black plate (164,1)


SIC2064

VANITY MIRROR

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and pull up the cover.

The automatic drive positioner system has twofeatures:

. Entry/exit function

. Memory storage

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’s seatand steering column will automatically movewhen the selector lever is in the P (Park)position. This allows the driver to get into andout of the driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up when the driver’sdoor is opened with the ignition switch in theLOCK position and the Intelligent Key notinserted in the Intelligent Key port.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will returnto the previous positions when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ACC position.

The driver’s seat will not return to the previouspositions if the seat or steering adjusting switchis operated when the seat is at the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit functionThe selector lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function can be activated or

canceled by pressing and holding the SETswitch for more than 10 seconds.

The indicator lights on the memory switches (1and 2) will blink once when the function iscanceled, and the indicator lights will blink twicewhen the function is activated. Note that theindicator lights may illuminate after 5 secondswhile holding the SET switch. This indicatesreadiness for linking the Intelligent Key to astored memory position. Keep the SET switchpressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on oroff the entry/exit function.

The entry/exit function can also be activated orcanceled if the “Lift Steering Wheel on Exit” keyor “Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit” key is turnedto ON or OFF in the “Comfort & Conv.” settings.(See “VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SET-TINGS” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air condi-tioner, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” section.)

Initialize entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the entry/exit function will not workthough this function was set on before. In sucha case, after connecting the battery or replacingwith a new fuse, open and close the driver’sdoor more than two times after the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON position to theLOCK position. The entry/exit function will beactivated.

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (ifso equipped)


Black plate (165,1)


SPA2445

MEMORY STORAGE

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be stored in theautomatic drive positioner memory. Follow theseprocedures to use the memory system.

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.


3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors to the desired positions bymanually operating each adjusting switch.For additional information, see “SEATS” inthe “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section and

“TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING” earlier inthis section and “OUTSIDE MIRRORS”earlier in this section.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch (1 or 2).

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will stay on for approximately 5seconds after pushing the switch.

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be deleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a stored mem-ory positionThe Intelligent Key can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following procedure.

1. Follow one of the steps for storing a memoryposition.

. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5 sec-onds, push the button on the IntelligentKey.

. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position,and then push the SET switch. Push the

button while pushing the memorybutton while the indicator light stays on forapproximately 5 seconds.

If the indicator light blinks, the Intelligent Key islinked to that memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, andthen push the button on the Intelligent Key.The driver’s seat, steering wheel and outsidemirrors will move to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storage. Push the ignition switch to the ON position

and push the SET switch. If the mainmemory has not been stored, the indicatorlight will come on for approximately 0.5second. When the memory has stored inposition, the indicator light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the memory will be canceled. Inthis case, reset the desired position usingthe previous procedure.

. If optional keys are added to your vehicle,the memory storage procedure to switch 1or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure toa stored memory position should be per-formed again for each Intelligent Key. Foradditional Intelligent Key information, see“KEYS” earlier in this section.

Selecting the memorized position1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Use one of the following methods to movethe driver’s seat, the outside mirrors and thesteering wheel.


Black plate (166,1)


. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition and push the memory switch(1 or 2).

. Within 45 seconds of opening thedriver’s door, push the memory switch(1 or 2).

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memorizedposition with the indicator light flashing, andthen the light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

. When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h) (entry/exit function).

. When the vehicle is driven (memory sto-rage).

. When the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat and steering column is turned on whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

. When the seat, steering column and outsidemirrors have already been moved to thememorized position.

. When no position is stored in the memoryswitch.

. When the engine is started while moving theautomatic drive positioner.

. When the selector lever is moved from the P(Park) position to any other position. (How-ever, it will not be canceled while the seatand steering column are returning to theprevious positions (entry/exit function).)

. When the driver’s door remains open formore than 45 seconds and the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position.


Black plate (167,1)


MEMO


Black plate (13,1)

4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio,phone and voice recognition systems


Safety note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Center multi-function control panel(models with color display screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

How to use multi-function controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to use touch screen(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Start-up screen (models with navigation system) . . . 4-6Start menu (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . 4-6How to select menus on the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Vehicle information and settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to use STATUS button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to use brightness control and display ON/OFF button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to use INFO button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to use SETTING button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Rearview monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20How to park with predicted course lines. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22How to adjust the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Heater and air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Automatic operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29To turn the system ON/OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD)changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44CompactFlash (CF) player operation(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49iPod® player operation (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51“MUSIC BOX” hard-disk drive(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52CD/CF (CompactFlash) care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . 4-59Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio . . . . . . . . 4-61Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62

NISSAN Mobile Entertainment System (MES)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

DVD player operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) systemcomponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64Remote controller and headphones batteryreplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68Before operating the DVD entertainmentsystem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68Playing a Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69

Black plate (14,1)


Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System withnavigation system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76Voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77Pairing procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77Phonebook registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78Making a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81During a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81Phone setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System withoutnavigation system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85

Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Giving voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88

Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88Choosing a language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88Pairing procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88Making a call by entering a phone number . . . . . . . . . 4-89Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92Memo pad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

NISSAN Voice Recognition System(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

NISSAN voice recognition standard mode. . . . . . . . . . 4-99Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102NISSAN voice recognition alternate commandmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Black plate (170,1)


WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreignobject in the system hardware, spillliquid on it, or notice smoke or smellcoming from it, stop using thesystem immediately and contactyour nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-ing such conditions may lead toaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe locationand apply the parking brake to viewthe images on the front center dis-play screen using devices connectedto the auxiliary input jacks.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

SAA1845

With navigation system1. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-8)

2, 6, 7, 8, 9.For navigation system control buttons (Refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.)

3. Multi-function controller (P.4-4)

4. “PHONE” Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem button (P.4-75)

5. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/OFF button (P.4-8)

10. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information button(P.4-8)

11. “SETTING” button (P.4-12)

SAFETY NOTECENTER MULTI-FUNCTIONCONTROL PANEL (models withcolor display screen)

4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Black plate (171,1)


SAA1846Without navigation system

1. “INFO” vehicle information button (P.4-8)

2. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-8)

3. Multi-function controller (P.4-4)

4. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/OFF button (P.4-8)

5. “SETTING” button (P.4-12)

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

SAA1847With navigation system


Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

Black plate (172,1)


HOW TO USE MULTI-FUNCTIONCONTROLLER

Choose an item on the display using the maindirectional buttons *2 (or additional directionalbuttons *6 with navigation system) or centerdial *3 , and push the ENTER button *1 foroperation.

If you push the BACK button *4 before thesetup is completed, the setup will be canceledand/or the display will return to the previousscreen. This button can also be used to deletecharacters that have been input.

After the setup is completed, push the BACKbutton *4 and return to the previous screen.

For the VOICE button*5 functions, refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN(models with navigation system)

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if it is hitwith a hard or sharp object. If theglass breaks, do not touch the liquidcrystalline material, which containsa small amount of mercury. In caseof contact with skin, wash immedi-

ately with soap and water.

. To clean the display, use a soft, drycloth. If additional cleaning is ne-cessary, use a small amount ofneutral detergent with a soft cloth.Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a che-mical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such aswater or car fragrance on the dis-play. Contact with liquid will causethe system to malfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functions cannotbe operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

SAA1542

Touch screen operationWith this system, the same operations as thosefor the multi-function controller are possibleusing the touch screen operation.

Selecting the item:

Touch an item to select. When you select the“Audio” settings, touch the “Audio” area *1 onthe screen.

Touch the BACK *2 button to return theprevious screen.


Black plate (173,1)


SAA1543

Adjusting the item:

Touch the + *1 or − *2 button to adjust thesettings.

Touch the UP *3 or DOWN *4 button tomove to the previous or next page.

SAA1617

Inputting characters:

Touch the letter or number *1 .

There are some options available when inputtingcharacters.

. Uppercase:

Shows uppercase characters.

. Lowercase:

Shows lowercase characters.

. Symbols:

Shows symbols such as the question mark(?).

. Space:

Inserts a space.

. Delete:

Deletes the last character that has beeninput with one touch. Push and hold thebutton to delete all of the characters.

. OK:

Completes character inputs.

Touch screen maintenanceIf you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water ordetergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipethe screen.


Black plate (174,1)


SAA1454

START-UP SCREEN (models with navi-gation system)

When you push the ignition switch to the ACCor ON position, the SYSTEM START-UP warn-ing is displayed on the screen. When you readand agree with the warning, push the ENTERbutton.

If you do not push the ENTER button, you willnot be able to use the NAVI system.

To proceed to the NAVI system, refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

SAA1860

START MENU (models with navigationsystem)

The start menu can be displayed using theENTER switch on the steering-wheel-mountedcontrols.

1. While the map (if so equipped) or statusscreen is displayed, push and hold theENTER switch until the “Menu Options”screen appears.

2. Highlight the preferred item tilting theENTER switch up or down, and then pushthe ENTER switch.

SAA1591

Available items

Destination/Route:

These items are for the navigation system. If yourvehicle is equipped with the navigation system,see the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual for details.

Information:

Displays the information screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push the INFObutton.

Settings:

Displays the settings screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push the SET-


Black plate (175,1)


TING button.

SAA1510

HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THESCREEN

Vehicle functions are viewed on the displayscreen in menus. Whenever a menu selection ismade or menu item is highlighted, different areason the screen provide you with importantinformation. See the following for details.

1. Header:

Shows the path used to get to the currentscreen. (i.e. push SETTING button >choose “Comfort & Conv.” menu item.)

2. Menu Selections:

Shows the options to choose within thatmenu screen. (i.e. Auto Interior Illumination,etc.)

3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:

Shows that the multi-function controller maybe used to move UP/DOWN on the screenand select more options.

4. Screen Count:

Shows the number of menu selectionsavailable for that screen (i.e. 1/9).

5. Footer/Information Line:

Provides more information (if available)about the menu selection currently high-lighted. (i.e. Cabin lighting when unlock-ing doors.)


Black plate (176,1)


HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON

To display the status of the audio, climate controlsystem, fuel consumption and navigation system(if so equipped), push the STATUS button. Thefollowing information will appear when theSTATUS button is pushed.

Audio ? Audio and Climate control system ?Audio and fuel consumption ? Audio andNavigation system (if so equipped) ? Audio

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

Push the “ OFF” button to switch thedisplay brightness to the daytime mode or thenighttime mode, and to adjust the displaybrightness using the multi-function controllerwhile the indicator is displayed at the bottom ofthe screen.

The display brightness can also be adjustedusing the brightness UP button (+) or bright-ness DOWN button (−).

Push and hold the “ OFF” button for morethan 2 seconds to turn the display off. Push thebutton again to turn the display on.

HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON

The display screen shows vehicle and navigation(if so equipped) information for your conveni-ence.

The information shown on the screen should bea guide to determine the condition of the vehicle.See the following for details.



VEHICLE INFORMATION ANDSETTINGS


Black plate (177,1)


Vehicle information display1. Push the INFO button on the control panel.

The screens as illustrated will appear.

2. Choose an item using the multi-functioncontroller and push the ENTER button.

3. After viewing or adjusting the information onthe following screens, push the BACKbutton to return to the INFORMATIONmenu.

For the items “Traffic Info.”, “Where am I?”,“GPS Satellite Info.” and “Navigation Version”,refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual. SAA1546

SAA1547

Fuel Economy informationThe distance to empty, average fuel economyand current fuel economy (shown on the rightside bar) will be displayed for reference.

To reset the Average Fuel Economy, use themulti-function controller to highlight the “Reset”key and push the ENTER button.

If the “View” key is highlighted with the multi-function controller and the ENTER button ispushed, the average fuel consumption historywill be displayed in graph form along with theaverage for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between “US” and“Metric”. (See “HOW TO USE SETTINGBUTTON” later in this section.)

The fuel economy information may differ from theinformation displayed on the dot matrix liquidcrystal display. This is due to the timingdifference in updating the information and doesnot indicate a malfunction.


Black plate (178,1)


SAA1554

Maintenance informationTo set the maintenance interval for Reminders 1to 4, choose an item using the multi-functioncontroller and push the ENTER button.

You can also set to display a message to remindyou that the maintenance needs to be per-formed.

The following example shows how to setReminder 1. Use the same steps to set theother maintenance information.

SAA1555

1. Reset the driving distance to the newmaintenance schedule.

2. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenanceschedule. To determine the recommendedmaintenance interval, refer to your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

3. To display the reminder automatically whenthe set trip distance is reached, highlight the“Interval Reminder” key with the multi-function controller and push the ENTERbutton.

4. To return the display to MAINTENANCEINFO., push the BACK button.

Maintenance information display cannot beoperated when the vehicle is moving. Stop thevehicle in a safe place to see the information.

The unit can be converted between “US” and“Metric”. (See “HOW TO USE SETTINGBUTTON” later in this section.)


Black plate (179,1)


SAA1611

The Reminder will be automatically displayed asshown when both of the following conditions aremet:

. the vehicle is driven the set distance and theignition switch is pushed to the LOCKposition.

. the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC orON position the next time you drive thevehicle after the set value has been reached.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is displayed,push the BACK button.

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played each time the ignition switch is pushed to

the ON position until one of the followingconditions is met:

. “Reset Distance” is selected.

. “Interval Reminder” is set to OFF.

. the maintenance interval is set again.

SAA1592

Voice Recognition information (modelswith navigation system)When you use the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time or if you do not knowhow to operate it, you can display the voicecommand list or user guide for confirmation.(See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYS-TEM (models with navigation system)” later inthis section for the details.)

Command List:

Displays a list of voice commands that thesystem can recognize.


Black plate (180,1)


User Guide:

Displays a simplified operation manual of thevoice recognition system and how to use thevoice commands.



HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON

The display as illustrated will appear when theSETTING button is pushed.

For navigation settings, refer to the separateNavigation System Owner’s Manual.

To show the “Comfort & Conv.” item, push theignition switch to the ON position.


Black plate (181,1)


SAA1557

Audio settingsThe above display will appear when pushing theSETTING button, selecting the “Audio” keywith the multi-function controller and pushingthe ENTER button.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:

To adjust the speaker tone quality and soundbalance, select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Bal-ance” or “Fade” key and adjust it with themulti-function controller.

These items can also be adjusted by pushingand turning the AUDIO knob.

Speed Sensitive Vol.:

Sound volume is increased according to thevehicle speed. Choose the effect level from OFF(0) to 5.


Display settingsThe above display will appear when pushing theSETTING button, selecting “Display” key withthe multi-function controller and pushing theENTER button.

Display:

To turn off the screen, push the ENTER buttonand turn the “Display” indicator off. The othermethod is to push and hold the “ OFF”button for more than 2 seconds.

When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off automatically5 seconds after the operation is finished.


Black plate (182,1)


To turn on the screen, set this item to the ONposition, or push the “ OFF” button.

Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:

To adjust the brightness and contrast of thescreen, select the “Brightness” or “Contrast”key and push the ENTER button.

Then, you can adjust the brightness to “Darker”or “Brighter”, and the contrast to “Lower” or“Higher” using the multi-function controller.

For information on the “Background Color”key, refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

Navigation settings (models with navi-gation system)For the details of “Navigation” settings, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

SAA1814

Rear Display settings (if so equipped)The above display will appear when pushing theSETTING button, selecting the “Rear Display”key with the multi-function controller and push-ing the ENTER button.

Rear Display:

To open the rear display, push the ENTERbutton. The rear display is flipped down auto-matically. To close the rear display, push theENTER button and turn the “OK” indicator off.

The rear display will be closed automaticallywhen the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

The rear display can be also opened or closed

using the remote controller. (See “NISSANMOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (MES)”later in this section.)


Black plate (183,1)


SAA1561

SAA1562

Volume and Beeps settings (models withnavigation system)The Volume and Beeps settings display willappear when pushing the SETTING button,selecting the “Volume and Beeps” key withthe multi-function controller and pushing theENTER button.

Guidance Vol.:

To adjust the guidance voice volume louder orsofter, select the “Guidance Volume” and adjustit with the multi-function controller.

You can also adjust the guidance voice volumeby turning the VOLUME control knob while voiceguidance is being announced.

Guidance Voice:

When this item is turned to ON, you will hearvoice guidance in the navigation (if so equipped)operation or in other operations.

Ringer Vol./Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:

For the details of these items, see “BLUE-TOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMWITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” later in thissection.

Button Beeps:

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear abeep sound when you use a button.

SAA1612

Beeps settings (models without naviga-tion system)The Beeps settings display will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Beeps” key with the multi-function controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

Button Beeps:

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear abeep sound when you use a button.

Phone settings (if so equipped)For the details of “Phone” settings, see “BLUE-TOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMWITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” later in thissection.


Black plate (184,1)


SAA2001

Clock settingsThe Clock settings display will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Clock” key with the multi-function controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

On-screen Clock:

When this item is turned to ON, a clock isalways displayed in the upper right corner of thescreen.

This clock will indicate the time almost exactlybecause it is always adjusted by the GPSsystem for models with navigation system.

Clock Format:

Choose either the 12-hour clock display or the24-hour clock display.

Offset Adjust (if so equipped):

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing perminute.

Daylight Saving Time:

Turn this item to ON for daylight saving timeapplication.

Time Zone:

Choose the time zone from the following

. Pacific

. Mountain

. Central

. Eastern

. Atlantic

. Newfoundland

. Hawaii

. Alaska

Clock Adjust (if so equipped):

Adjust the hour and the minute by entering thenumber.


Black plate (185,1)


SAA1564

SAA1565

Comfort & Conv. settingsThe Comfort & Conv. settings display will appearwhen pushing the SETTING button, selectingthe “Comfort & Conv.” key with the multi-function controller and pushing the ENTERbutton. This key does not appear on the displayuntil the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition.

Auto Interior Illumination:

When this item is turned to ON, the interiorlights will illuminate if any door is unlocked.

Auto Headlights Sensitivity (if soequipped):

Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlightshigher (right) or lower (left).

Auto Headlights Off Delay (if so equipped):

Choose the duration of the automatic headlightoff timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and180 second periods.

Selective Door Unlock:

When this item is turned to ON, only the driver’sdoor is unlocked first after the door unlockoperation. When the door handle request switchon the driver’s or front passenger’s side door ispushed to be unlocked, only the correspondingdoor is unlocked first. All the doors can beunlocked if the door unlock operation is per-

formed again within 60 seconds.

When this item is turned to OFF, all the doorswill be unlocked after the door unlock operationis performed once.

Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock:

When this item is turned to ON, door lock/unlock function by pushing the door handlerequest switch will be activated.

Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if soequipped):

When this item is turned to ON, the steeringwheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position and the driver’sdoor is opened. After getting into the vehicle andpushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,the steering wheel moves to the previousposition.

Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if soequipped):

When this item is turned to ON, the driver’s seatmoves backward for easy exit if the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position and the driver’sdoor is opened. After getting into the vehicle andpushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,the driver’s seat moves to the previous position.


Black plate (186,1)


Return All Settings to Default:

Select this item, push the ENTER button andchoose “YES” if you want to return all settings tothe default.

SAA1566

Others settings (models with navigationsystem)The Others settings display will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Others” key with the multi-function controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

Voice Recognition:

For the details of this item, see “NISSAN VOICERECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with naviga-tion system)” later in this section.

Language/Units:

. Select Language

Choose the “Select Language” key andpush the ENTER button. Select “English” or“Francais” for your favorite display appear-ance.

If you select the “Francais” key, the Frenchlanguage will be displayed, so please usethe French Owner’s Manual. To obtain aFrench Owner’s Manual, see “OWNER’SMANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER IN-FORMATION” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section.

. Select Units

Choose the “Select Units” key and pushthe ENTER button. Select “US” (Mile, 8F,MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100 km) foryour favorite display appearance.


Black plate (187,1)


SAA1092

Language/Units settings (models withoutnavigation system)The Language/Units settings display will appearwhen pushing the SETTING button, selectingthe “Language/Units” key with the multi-function controller and pushing the ENTERbutton.

Select Language:

Choose the “Select Language” key and pushthe ENTER button. From the following display,select “English”, “Francais” or “Espanol” for yourfavorite display appearance.

Select Units:

Choose the “Select Units” key and push theENTER button. From the following display,select “US” (Mile, 8F, MPG) or “Metric” (km,8C, L/100 km) for your favorite display appear-ance.

When the selector lever is shifted into the R(Reverse) position, the monitor display showsthe view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver indetecting large stationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle. The system will not detectsmall objects below the bumper and may notdetect objects close to the bumper or on theground.

WARNING

. The rear view camera is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute forproper backing up. Always turn andcheck that it is safe to do so beforebacking up. Always back up slowly.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.Objects in the RearView Monitorwill appear visually opposite thanwhen viewed in the rear view andoutside mirrors.

. Make sure that the lift gate issecurely closed when backing up.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper cannotbe viewed on the RearView Monitor

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)


Black plate (188,1)


because of its monitoring rangelimitation.

. Do not put anything on the rear viewcamera. The rear view camera isinstalled above the license plate.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure not tospray it around the camera. Other-wise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation onthe lens, a malfunction, fire or anelectric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise, itmay malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electricshock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

SAA1896

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thevehicle body line *A are displayed on themonitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

. Red line *1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line *3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

. Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines *5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines *6 :

Indicate the predicted course when backing up.The predicted course lines will be displayed onthe monitor when the selector lever is in the R(Reverse) position and the steering wheel isturned. The predicted course lines will movedepending on how much the steering wheel isturned and will not be displayed while thesteering wheel is in the neutral position.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING

. Always turn and check that it is safeto do so before backing up. Alwaysback up slowly.

. Use the displayed lines as a refer-ence. The lines are highly affectedby the number of occupants, fuellevel, vehicle position, road condi-tion and road grade.

. If the tires are replaced with differ-ent sized tires, the predicted courseline may be displayed incorrectly.


Black plate (189,1)


. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and theactual course line.

. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed in-correctly. If this occurs, please per-form the following procedures:

— Turn the steering wheel fromlock to lock while the engine isrunning.

— Drive the vehicle on a straightroad for more than 5 minutes.

. When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACCposition, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

. The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right because therear view camera is not installed inthe rear center of the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be usedas a reference only when the vehicleis on a level paved surface. Thedistance viewed on the monitor isfor reference only and may be

different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayedobjects.

. When backing-up the vehicle up ahill objects viewed in the monitorare further than they appear. Whenbacking-up the vehicle down a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arecloser than they appear. Use theinside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge dis-tances to other objects.

The vehicle width and predicted courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space is safebefore parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed onthe screen *A when the selector lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.


Black plate (190,1)


SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predicted courselines *B enter the parking space *C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make thevehicle width guide lines *D parallel to theparking space *C while referring to thepredicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the selector lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

The distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.The distance viewed on the monitor is forreference only and may be different than theactual distance between the vehicle and dis-played objects.

SAA1978

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) tothe place *A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m)distance on the hill is the place *B . Note that


Black plate (191,1)


any object on the hill is viewed in the monitorfurther than it appears.

SAA1979

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown further than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) tothe place *A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m)distance on the hill is the place *B . Note that

any object on the hill is viewed in the monitorcloser than it appears.


Black plate (192,1)


SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectThe predicted course lines*A do not touch theobject in the display. However, the vehicle mayhit the object if it projects over the actualbacking up course.

SAA1980

Backing up behind a projecting objectThe position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the same distanceas the position *A . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position *A ifthe object projects over the actual backing up

course.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN

To adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint,Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearViewMonitor, push the SETTING button with theRearView Monitor on, select the item key andadjust the level using the multi-function con-troller.

Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,Contrast and Black Level of the RearViewMonitor while the vehicle is moving. Make surethe parking brake is firmly applied and theengine is not running.

OPERATING TIPS

. When the selector lever is shifted to the R(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-matically changes to the RearView Monitormode. However, the radio can be heard.

. It may take some time until the RearViewMonitor or the normal screen is displayedafter the selector lever has been shifted to Rfrom another position or to another positionfrom R. Objects may be distorted momenta-rily until the RearView Monitor screen isdisplayed completely.

. When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly displayobjects. This is not a malfunction.


Black plate (193,1)


. When strong light directly enters the cam-era, objects may not be displayed clearly.This is not a malfunction.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from those ofthe actual object.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark place or at night. This is not amalfunction.

. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis-play objects. Clean the camera.

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolora-tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaning agentand then wipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent diluted with

water.

SAA1991Center ventilators

SAA1990Side ventilators

VENTILATORS


Black plate (194,1)


SAA1066Rear (if so equipped)

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the vents areclosed.

: This symbol indicates that the vents areopen.

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and airconditioner system.

You can individually set the driver and frontpassenger side temperature using each tem-perature control button.

SAA1520

For the models with the color display screen,push the “STATUS” button to display the heaterand air conditioner status screen. (See “HOWTO USE STATUS BUTTON” earlier in thissection.)

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER


Black plate (195,1)


SAA2040Type A

1. Temperature control button (driver side)

2. “AUTO” automatic climate control ON button

3. “ ” front defroster button

4. “ ” fan speed control dial/OFF button

5. “ ” intake air control button

6. “MODE” manual air flow control button

7. Temperature control button (passenger side)

8. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

9. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “REARWINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS-TER SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.)

10. “ ” upper vent system button

11. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button


Black plate (196,1)


SAA2834Type B

1. “AUTO” automatic climate control ON button/Temperature control dial (driver side)

2. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

3. “ ” intake air control button

4. “ ” fan speed control dial/ON/OFF button

5. “ ” upper vent system button

6. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/Temperaturecontrol dial (passenger side)

7. “ ” front defroster button

8. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “REARWINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS-TER SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.)

9. “MODE” manual air flow control button

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control the insidetemperature, air flow distribution and fan speedafter the preferred temperature is set manually.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The indicatoron the button will illuminate and AUTO willbe displayed.)

2. Operate the driver side temperature controlbuttons (type A) or dial (type B) to set thedesired temperature.

Adjust the temperature to about 758F(248C) for normal operation.

. The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedwill also be controlled automatically.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button (type A) or dial(type B). When the “DUAL” button is pushedor the passenger side temperature controlbuttons (type A) or dial (type B) is/areoperated, the DUAL indicator will come on.To turn off the passenger side temperaturecontrol, push the “DUAL” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Heating (A/C OFF)The air conditioner does not activate in thismode. When you need to heat only, use thismode.

1. Push the “A/C” button. (The A/C indicatorwill turn off.)

2. Operate the temperature control buttons(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desiredtemperature.


Black plate (197,1)


. The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

. Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise thesystem may not work properly.

. Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging1. Push the “ ” front defroster button. (The

indicator light on the button will come on.)

2. Operate the temperature control buttons(type A) dial (type B) to set the desiredtemperature.

. To quickly remove ice from the outside of thewindows, turn the “ ” fan speed controldial and set it to the maximum position.

. As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the “AUTO” button to return tothe auto mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automaticallybe turned on at outside temperatures above238F (−58C) to defog the windshield, andthe air recirculate mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passenger

compartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed controlTurn the “ ” fan speed control dial tomanually control the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculationPush the intake air control button “ ” torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light “ ” will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode “ ”.

Outside air circulationPush the intake air control button “ ” tochange the air circulation from the intake air tothe outside air. The indicator light “ ” will turnoff.

Automatic air intake controlIn the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually controlthe intake air, push the intake air control button“ ”. To return to the automatic control mode,push the intake air control button “ ” for

about 2 seconds. The indicator lights will flashtwice, and then the intake air will be controlledautomatically.

Air flow controlPushing the “MODE” manual air flow controlbutton selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot out-lets.

Upper vent systemWhen the “ ” upper vent button is pushed,the air flow against the driver’s or passenger’supper body becomes gentle. The indicator lighton the button will come on.

In this mode, air from the center ventilators flowsboth straight and upward in order to control thecabin temperature without blowing air directlyon the occupants.

If you want strong air flow against your upperbody, push the “ ” button to turn theindicator light off.


Black plate (198,1)


TO TURN THE SYSTEM ON/OFF

Push the “OFF” or “ON·OFF” button when theheater and air conditioner is off. The system willturn on with the settings that were usedimmediately before the system was turned off.

SAA1989

OPERATING TIPS

The sunload sensor*A on the instrument panelhelps maintain a constant temperature. Do notput anything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The air conditioning system is equipped with anin-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter in accordance with the maintenanceschedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide. To replace the filter, contact aNISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flow isextremely decreased or when windows fogup easily when operating heater or airconditioning system.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

The air conditioning system in your NISSAN ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant will notharm the earth’s ozone layer. However,special charging equipment and lubricant arerequired when servicing your NISSAN air con-ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-cants will cause severe damage to your airconditioning system. (See “CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the“9. Technical and consumer information” sectionfor air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations.)

Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioning system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant underhigh pressure. To avoid personal injury,any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technicianwith the proper equipment.


Black plate (199,1)


AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

RadioPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and push the “RADIO” button to turnon the radio. If you listen to the radio with theengine not running, the ignition switch should bepushed to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. Thesecharacteristics are completely normal in a givenreception area, and do not indicate any mal-

function in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from othervehicles can work against ideal reception.Described below are some of the factors thatcan affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing thedevice in a different location may reduce oreliminate the noise.

SAA0306

FM radio reception:

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related to thedistance between the transmitter and receiver.FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibitingmany of the same characteristics as light. Forexample they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

AUDIO SYSTEM


Black plate (200,1)


Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position,usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter, static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by lowering thetreble setting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM radio reception:

AM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics. AM signals are alsosubject to interference as they travel fromtransmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):

When the satellite radio is first installed or thebattery has been replaced, the satellite radiomay not work properly. This is not a malfunction.Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radioON for satellite radio to receive all of thenecessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®

satellite radio service subscription. Satelliteradio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

Satellite radio performance may be affected ifcargo carried on the roof blocks the satelliteradio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo near the satelliteantenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antennacan affect satellite radio performance. Removethe ice to restore satellite radio reception.

SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) player. Do not force a compact disc into the CD

insert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

. Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CD


Black plate (201,1)


changer.

. During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

. The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pin holes may not workproperly.

. The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

. This audio system can only play pre-recorded CDs. It has no capabilities torecord or burn CDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

— Confirm that the CD is insertedcorrectly (the label side is facing up,etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is an error due to the temperatureinside the player is too high. Removethe CD by pushing the EJECT button,and after a short time reinsert the CD.

The CD can be played when the tem-perature of the player returns to nor-mal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audiosystem (only MP3 or WMA CD).

CompactFlash (CF) player (if soequipped). Do not force a CF card into the slot.

This could damage the CF card and/orplayer.

. During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove the CFcard and dehumidify or ventilate theplayer completely.

. The CF player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.

. Do not expose a CF card to directsunlight.

. Confirm that a CF card is insertedcorrectly.


Black plate (202,1)


iPod® player (if so equipped). Some characters used in other lan-

guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) arenot displayed properly on the vehiclecenter screen. We recommend usingEnglish language characters with aniPod®.

. Large video podcast files cause slowresponses in the iPod®. The vehiclecenter display may momentarily blackout, but it will soon recover.

. If the iPod® automatically selects largevideo podcast files while in the shufflemode, the vehicle center display maymomentarily black out, but it will soonrecover.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® maycause a checkmark to be displayed onand off (flickering). Always make surethat the iPod® is connected properly.

. The iPod® nano (2nd Generation) willcontinue to fast forward or rewind if itis disconnected during a seek opera-tion.

. An incorrect song title may appearwhen the Play Mode is changed whileusing the iPod® nano (2nd Generation).

. Audiobooks may not play in the same

order as they appear on the iPod®.

. The iPod® nano (1st Generation) mayremain in fast forward or rewind modeif it is connected during a seek opera-tion. In this case, please manually resetthe iPod®.

. If you are using an iPod® (3rd Genera-tion with Dock connector), do not usevery long names for the song title,album name or artist name to avoidthe iPod® from resetting itself.

. Be careful not to do the following, orthe cable could be damaged and a lossof function may occur.

— Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40mm) radius minimum).

— Twist the cable excessively (morethan 180 degrees).

— Pull or drop the cable.

— Close the center console lid on thecable or connectors.

— Store objects with sharp edges in thestorage where the cable is stored.

— Spill liquids on the cable and con-nectors.

. Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if

the cable and/or connectors are wet. Itmay damage the iPod®.

. If the cable and connectors are ex-posed to water, allow the cable and/orconnectors to dry completely beforeconnecting the cable to the iPod® (wait24 hours for it to dry).

. If the connector is exposed to fluidsother than water, evaporative residuemay cause a short between the con-nector pins. In this case, replace thecable, otherwise damage to the iPod®

and a loss of function may occur.

. If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contaminationsuch as liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in theconnectors), do not use the cable andcontact a NISSAN dealer to replace thecable with a new one.

. When not in use for extended periodsof time, store the cable in a clean, dustfree environment at room temperatureand without direct sun exposure.

. Do not use the cable for any otherpurposes other than its intended use inthe vehicle.

. iPod® charging is only possible fordevices that support charging via aFireWire® connection. Devices that can


Black plate (203,1)


be charged by the iPod player include:

— iPod® Classic - 1st through 6th gen-eration

— iPod® Mini - 1st and 2nd generation

— iPod® Nano - 1st through 3rd genera-tion only

— iPod® Touch - first generation only

— iPhone® - first generation only

* The iPod® Classic and iPod® Touch maynot charge properly in some cases.

* 12V charging is not possible on theiPhone 3G and later models.

* iPod® and FireWire® are trademarks ofApple Inc., registered in the U.S. andother countries.

Compact Disc (CD)/CompactFlash (CF)with MP3 or WMA

Explanation of terms:

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track from CD/CF can reduce the file

size by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling:44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtuallyno perceptible loss in quality. MP3 com-pression removes the redundant and irrele-vant parts of a sound signal that the humanear doesn’t hear.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of moredigital audio tracks in the same amount ofspace when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music files.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signalare converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once iscalled a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, album title,encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.ID3 tag information is displayed on theAlbum/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-tered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.

CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDiskCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.


Black plate (204,1)


SAA1025

Playback order:

Music playback order of the CD/CF with MP3 orWMA is as illustrated above.

. The folder names of folders not containingMP3/WMA files are not shown in thedisplay.

. If there is a file in the top level of the disc,“Root Folder” is displayed.

. The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software, sothe files might not play in the desired order.


Black plate (205,1)


Specification chart:

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, CF

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are notsupported.

CompactFlash card: FAT12, FAT16, FAT32

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

With navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)Without navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Text character number limitationWith navigation system: 128 characters

Without navigation system: 64 characters

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOMBig Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.


Black plate (206,1)


Troubleshooting guide:

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the CD/CF was inserted correctly.

Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) beforeusing the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data)will be played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codesand number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofMP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the CD/CF is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time before the musicstarts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA CD/CF, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be requiredbefore the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next song when playing.When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play isprohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in the desired order.The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in thedesired order.


Black plate (207,1)


SAA2010

1. CD EJECT button

2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

3. Radio station and CD selector buttons

4. CD LOAD button

5. Radio tuning / MP3/WMA folder selector / AUDIOcontrol knob

6. AM·FM band select button

7. DISC button

8. AUX button

9. DISP (display) change/CLOCK button

10. Radio/CD SCAN (tuning) button

11. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button

12. REW (rewind) button for SEEK/TRACK

13. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK

14. AUX jack

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC(CD) CHANGER

For all operation precautions, see “AUDIOOPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in thissection.

Audio main operation

Head unit:

The radio has an FM diversity reception system,which employs two antennas printed on the rearwindow. This system automatically switches tothe antenna which is receiving less interference.

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF/VOLUMEcontrol knob while the system is off to call up themode (radio, CD or AUX) which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob turns the system off.

Turn the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob toadjust the volume.


Black plate (208,1)


Adjusting sound quality:

Push the Audio control knob to change theselecting mode as follows.

Bass ? Treble ? Fade ? Balance ? Beep

Rotate the Audio control knob to adjust Bass,Treble, Fade and Balance to the desired level.Fade adjusts the sound level between the frontand rear speakers and Balance adjusts thesound between the right and left speakers.

To turn the beep sound off or on, rotate theAudio control knob until the desired mode isdisplayed. This turns on or off the beep soundwhen audio buttons are pushed.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to thedesired level, push the Audio control knobrepeatedly until the radio or CD display re-appears. Otherwise, the radio or CD display willautomatically reappear after about 5 seconds.

CLOCK adjust:

Push the CLOCK adjust button for more than1.5 seconds to turn on the CLOCK display.

See “CLOCK” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section for the detailed clock adjust-ment operation.

AM-FM radio operation

radio (FM/AM) band select:

Pushing the radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station/channel played will also comeon when the ON·OFF/VOL control knob ispushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob for manual tuning.

SEEK tuning:

Push the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button orto tune from low to high or high to low

frequencies and to stop at the next broadcastingstation.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stops at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 seconds period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

*1 to *6 Station memory operations:

Twelve stations/channels can be set for the FMband (6 for FM1, 6 for FM2) and 6 stations canbe set for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2using the radio band select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Select the desired station/channel and keeppushing any of the desired station preset


Black plate (209,1)


buttons *1 to *6 until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseblows, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Compact Disc (CD) changer operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, push the LOAD button and insert thecompact disc into the slot with the label sidefacing up. The compact disc will be guidedautomatically into the slot and start playing.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the compact disc will play.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

CD LOAD:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading position by pushing the CD insertselect button *1 to *6 , then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer insuccession, push the LOAD button for morethan 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on thedisplay.

PLAY:

When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed withthe system off and the compact disc loaded, thesystem will turn on and the compact disc willstart to play.

When the DISC button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded and the radio playing, theradio will automatically be turned off and thecompact disc will start to play.

CD PLAY INFORMATION:

When the DISP button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, thedisc information display will change as follows:

CD:

CD with MP3 or WMA:

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind)/APS (Automatic Pro-gram Search) FF, APS REW:

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile the compact disc is being played, thecompact disc will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, thecompact disc will return to normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the compact disc isbeing played, the next track or the beginning of


Black plate (210,1)


the current track on the CD will be played.

CD PLAY selection:

To change to another CD already loaded into theplayer, push the CD play select buttons *1 to*6 .

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

When the RPT button is pushed while thecompact disc is played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

(CD)

(CD with MP3 or WMA)

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

To eject the discs selected by the CD selectbutton, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button formore than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc will comeout and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it.

SCAN tuning:

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the beginning of all the tracks of CDs willbe played for 10 seconds in sequence.

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the first program in all the CDs will beplayed for 10 seconds.

Pushing the button again during this 10 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextdisc program.

AUX (Auxiliary) button:

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from a

portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computers.

Push the AUX button to play a compatibledevice when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.


Black plate (211,1)


SAA1850

1. CD EJECT button

2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

3. Radio station and CD selector buttons

4. CD LOAD button (if so equipped)

5. Radio tuning / MP3/WMA folder selector / AUDIOcontrol knob

6. Radio SCAN (tuning) button

7. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button

8. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button forSEEK/TRACK

9. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK

10. CompactFlash (CF) card slot (models with navi-gation system)

No satellite radio reception is available unlessoptional satellite receiver and antenna areinstalled and an XM® satellite radio servicesubscription is active.


Black plate (212,1)




2. SAT button

3. DISC·AUX button



2. DISC button

3. AUX/SAT band select button

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) CHANGER

For all operation precautions, see “AUDIOOPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in thissection.


satellite radio service subscription. The satelliteradio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing to the XM® satelliteradio. After receiving the activation signal, anavailable channel list will be automaticallyupdated in the radio. For XM®, push the ignitionswitch from LOCK to ACC to update thechannel list.

Audio main operation

Head unit:

The radio has an FM diversity reception system,which employs two antennas printed on the rearwindow. This system automatically switches tothe antenna which is receiving less interference.

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.


Black plate (213,1)


ON·OFF/Volume control:

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF/VOLUMEcontrol knob while the system is off to call up themode (radio, CD or AUX) which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob turns the system off.

Turn the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob toadjust the volume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, pushthe Audio control knob. When the display showsthe setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio controlknob to set the desired setting. For the othersetting methods, see “HOW TO USE SETTINGBUTTON” earlier in this section.

This vehicle has some sound effect functions asfollows (if so equipped):

. Speed Sensitive Volume

For more details, see “VEHICLE INFORMATIONAND SETTINGS” earlier in this section.

Switching the display (for models withnavigation system):

Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch the

displays as follows:

CD ? CompactFlash* ? DVD* ? AUX ?iPod®* ? Music Box* ? CD

*: if so equipped

AM-FM-SAT radio operation

radio (FM/AM) band select:


AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

or radio (SAT) band select:


(With navigation system)

SAT1 ? SAT2 ? SAT1

(Without navigation system)

AUX ? SAT1 ? SAT2 ? AUX

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station/channel played will also comeon when the ON·OFF/VOL control knob is

pushed to ON.


satellite radio service subscription. Satelliteradio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

. For AM and FM radio

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob for manualtuning.

. For XM satellite radio

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to seekchannels from all of the categories whenany CAT is not selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY(CAT):

. For AM and FM radio

Push the SEEK·CAT or TRACK buttonor to tune from low to high or high to


Black plate (214,1)


low frequencies and to stop at the nextbroadcasting station.

. For XM satellite radio

Push the SEEK·CAT or TRACK buttonor to tune to the first channel of thenext or previous category.

During satellite radio reception, the followingnotices will be displayed under certain condi-tions.

. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while theSAT tuner is connected.)

. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

. ANTENNA ERROR (Antenna connectionerror)

. LOADING (When the initial setting isperformed)

. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub-scription is not active)

. INVALID CH (Invalid channel is received.)

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stops at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 seconds period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain

tuned to that station.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

*1 to *6 Station memory operations:

Twelve stations/channels can be set for the FMband (6 for FM1, 6 for FM2) and the SAT radio(6 for SAT1, 6 for SAT2), and 6 stations can beset for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Select the desired station/channel and keeppushing any of the desired station presetbuttons *1 to *6 until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseblows, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Text:

When the “Text” key is selected with the multi-function controller on the display and then theENTER button is pushed while the satellite radiois being played, the text information will bedisplayed on the screen.

. CH Name

. Category

. Name

. Title

. Other

Compact Disc (CD) player/changer op-erationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, push the LOAD button (if so equipped)and insert the compact disc into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The compact disc will beguided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the compact disc will play.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing the


Black plate (215,1)


ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

CD LOAD (if so equipped):

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading position by pushing the CD insertselect button *1 to *6 , then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer insuccession, push the LOAD button for morethan 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on thedisplay.

or PLAY:

When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed withthe system off and the compact disc loaded, thesystem will turn on and the compact disc willstart to play.

When the DISC button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded and the radio playing, theradio will automatically be turned off and thecompact disc will start to play.

When the DISC button is pushed while a CD isloaded and a medium is played using theauxiliary input jacks, you can toggle back andforth between CD and medium.

Text:

When the “Text” key is selected in the screenusing the multi-function controller and then theENTER button is pushed while the CD is beingplayed, the music information below will bedisplayed on the screen.

CD:

. Disc title

. Track title

CD with MP3 or WMA:

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album title

. Artist


When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile the compact disc is being played, thecompact disc will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, thecompact disc will return to normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the compact disc isbeing played, the next track or the beginning ofthe current track on the CD will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when a CD is being played.

CD PLAY selection (if so equipped):

To change to another CD already loaded into theplayer, push the CD play select buttons *1 to*6 or choose a disc displayed on the screenusing the multi-function controller.


When the RPT button is pushed while thecompact disc is played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

(CD)

(CD with MP3 or WMA)


Black plate (216,1)


CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

To eject the discs selected by the CD selectbutton, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5seconds.

To eject all the discs (if so equipped), push theEJECT button for more than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc will comeout and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it.

SAA1856

Auxiliary input jacksThe auxiliary input jacks are located on the rearside of the center console. NTSC compatibledevices such as video games, camcorders andportable video players can be connected to theauxiliary jacks. Compatible audio devices, suchas some MP3 players, can also be connected tothe system through the auxiliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-tion purposes.

. Yellow - video input

. White - left channel audio input

. Red - right channel audio input

Before connecting a device to a jack, turn off thepower of the portable device.

With a compatible device connected to thejacks, push the AUX button repeatedly until thedisplay switches to the AUX mode. The outputfrom the device will be played through themonitor and audio system.


Black plate (217,1)


SAA1567

Display Mode:

The AUX settings display will appear when the“Setting” key is selected using the multi-function controller and pushing the ENTERbutton.

Choose the display mode from the following:

. Normal

. Wide

. Cinema

SAA1862

COMPACTFLASH (CF) PLAYER OP-ERATION (models with navigation sys-tem)

Audio main operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, remove the cover *A and insert a CFcard *B into the slot. Then, push thebutton repeatedly to switch to the Compact-Flash mode.

If the system has been turned off while theCompactFlash card was playing, pushing theON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the Com-pactFlash card.

PLAY:

When the DISC button is pushed with thesystem off and the CF card inserted, the systemwill turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a CF cardis inserted, push the DISC button repeatedlyuntil the center display changes to the Com-pactFlash mode.

Text:

When the “Text” key is selected on the screenusing the multi-function controller and then theENTER button is pushed while the CF is beingplayed, the music information below will bedisplayed on the screen.

. Folder title

. Song title

. Track title

. Album Title

. Artist


Black plate (218,1)



When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile the CompactFlash card is being played,the CompactFlash card will play while fastforwarding or rewinding. When the button isreleased, the CompactFlash card will return tothe normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CompactFlash cardis being played, the next track or the beginningof the current track on the CF will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the CompactFlash card isbeing played.

Folder selection:

To change to another folder in the Compact-Flash card, turn the MP3/WMA folder selectoror choose a folder displayed on the screen usingthe multi-function controller.


When the RPT button is pushed while theCompactFlash card is played, the play patterncan be changed as follows:

CF EJECT:

When the knob next to the CF slot is pushedwith the CF card inserted, the CF card will beejected.

Messages:

The following messages will be displayed undercertain conditions.

. Reading Compact Flash (The system isreading the CF card inserted in the slot.)

. No Compact Flash card (A CF card is notinserted in the slot.)

. Compact Flash read error (The systemcannot read a CF card.)

. Unplayable file (The system cannot play amusic file.)

. No audio file (The CF card inserted in theslot or its folder does not contain any musicfiles.)

SAA1853Type A

SAA2011Type B


Black plate (219,1)


iPod® PLAYER OPERATION (if soequipped)

Connecting iPod®

Open the console lid and connect the cable *1as illustrated, and then connect the other end ofthe cable to your iPod® *2 . Your vehicle isequipped with the specialized cable for con-necting the iPod® to your vehicle audio unit. Thebattery of your iPod® is charged while it isconnected to the vehicle if the iPod® supportscharging via a FireWire® connection.

The display on the iPod® shows a NISSANscreen when the connection is completed.While connecting the iPod® to the vehicle, theiPod® can only be operated by the vehicle audiocontrols.

To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,fully depress the center connector button tounlatch the connector and pull the connectorstraight out of the outlet. To disconnect thecable from the iPod®, fully depress the sideconnector buttons and pull the iPod® connectorstraight out of the iPod®.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

CompatibilityThe following models are available:

. Third generation iPod® (Firmware version2.3 or later) (Audiobook and Podcast are notavailable)

. Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version3.1.1 or later)

. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version1.1.2 or later)

. 5.5 generation iPod® (Firmware version1.2.3 or later)

. iPod® mini (Firmware version 1.41 or later)

. iPod® photo (Firmware version 1.2.1 or later)

. iPod® nano (Firmware version 1.2 or later)

. The first generation iPod® classic (Firmwareversion 1.0.3 or later)

The fourth generation iPod® nano, iPod® touch,the second generation iPod classic and iPhone3G may not work with the system in somecases.

Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated.

Audio main operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC/AUX buttonrepeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®

was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL controlknob will start the iPod®.

DISC/AUX button:

When the DISC/AUX button is pushed with thesystem off and the iPod® connected, the systemwill turn on. If another audio source is playingand the iPod® is connected, push the DISCbutton repeatedly until the center displaychanges to the iPod® mode.

Interface:

The interface for iPod® operation shown on thevehicle center display is similar to the iPod®

interface. Use the multi-function controller andthe ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod®

with your favorite settings.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further information abouteach item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.

. Playlists

. Artists

. Albums

. Songs

. Podcasts

. Genres


Black plate (220,1)


. Composers

. Audiobooks

The following touch-panel buttons shown on thescreen are also available:

. : returns to the previous screen.

. : plays/pauses the music selected.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind)/APS(Automatic Program Search) FF, APS REW:

When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® isplaying, the iPod® will play while fast forwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, theiPod® will return to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, thenext track or the beginning of the current trackon the iPod® will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the iPod® is playing.

“MUSIC BOX” HARD-DISK DRIVE(models with navigation system)

The “Music Box” hard-disk drive audio systemcan store songs from CDs being played. Thesystem has a 9.3 gigabyte (GB) storagecapacity and can record up to 200 hours(approximately 2,900 songs).

The following CDs can be recorded in the“Music Box” hard-disk drive audio system.

. CDs without MP3/WMA files

. Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio (HybridCD-DA) specification in Super Audio CDs

. Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) spe-cification in CD-Extras

. First session of multisession disc

Extreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)] couldaffect the performance of the hard-disk.

NOTE:

If the hard-disk needs to be replaced dueto a malfunction, all stored music data willbe erased.

SAA1613

Recording CDs1. Operate the audio system to play a CD. For

the details of playing CDs, see “CompactDisc (CD) player/changer operation” earlierin this section.

2. Select the “REC” key using the NISSANcontroller and push the ENTER button.

NOTE:

. The system starts playing and record-ing the 1st track on the CD when the“REC” key is selected.

. Individual tracks from a CD cannot berecorded to the “Music Box” hard-diskdrive.


Black plate (221,1)


. The skip, fast forward and rewindfeatures are disabled while the CD isrecording.

. The recording process can be stoppedat any time. All tracks that were playedbefore the CD was stopped are stored.

. Individual tracks can be deleted fromthe hard-disk drive after the CD isrecorded.

SAA1614

If the title information of the track being recordedis stored either in the hard-disk drive or in theCD, the title is automatically displayed on thescreen. For title acquisition from the hard-diskdrive, music recognition technology and relateddata are provided by Gracenote®.

To view the details of the track, select the Textkey by touching the screen or using the multi-function controller. The track name and albumtitle are displayed on the screen.

If a track is not recorded successfully due toskipping sounds, the mark is displayedbehind the track number.

The “Music Box” hard-disk drive cannot performrecording under the following conditions.

. There is not enough space in the hard disk

. The number of albums reaches the maximumof 500.

. The number of tracks reaches the maximumof 3,000.

Automatic recording:

If the “Automatic Recording” function is turnedto ON, recording starts when a CD is inserted.(See “Music Box settings” later in this section.)

Stopping recording:

To stop the recording, select the STOP buttonby touching the screen or using the multi-function controller.

If the CD is ejected, the audio system is turnedoff or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition, the recording also stops.


Black plate (222,1)


SAA1615

Playing recorded songsSelect the “Music Box” hard-disk drive by usingone of the following methods.

. Push the source select switch repeatedly onthe steering wheel until the center displaychanges to the “Music Box” mode. (See“STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-TROLS FOR AUDIO” later in this section.)

. Push the DISC button repeatedly until thecenter display changes to the “Music Box”mode.

. Give voice commands. (See “NISSANVOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (modelswith navigation system)” later in this sec-

tion.)

Stopping playback:

The system stops playing when:

a. another mode (radio, CD, CompactFlash orAUX) is selected.

b. the audio system is turned off.

c. the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.


When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile a track is being played, the track will playwhile fast forwarding or rewinding. When thebutton is released, the track will return to thenormal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while a track is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when a track is being played.

Play mode selection:

To change to another album or artist, turn theMP3/WMA folder selector.


When the RPT button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:


Black plate (223,1)


SAA1684

There are some options available during play-back. Select one of the following that aredisplayed on the screen, if necessary.

Menu:

Refer to the following information for each item.

. Play by Artist

Plays songs by an artist whose music iscurrently being played. The artists are sortedin alphabetical order.

SAA1685

. Play by Album

Plays tracks in each album. The albums aresorted in alphabetical order.

. Play by Date

Plays tracks in each album. The albums aresorted in order of the date when they werestored in the system.

. Play by Mood

Plays music from one of the followingmoods: Relaxing Music, Lively Music, SlowMusic and Upbeat Music.

. Play by Category

Plays music from one of the followingcategories: My Favorites, Hit Songs, Kids’Songs and Rarely Played.

. Search Artists

Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order.Selecting an artist displays all of the tracksby the artist and starts playing the first track.


Black plate (224,1)


SAA1686

. Search Albums

Displays a list of albums in order of the datewhen they were stored in the system.Selecting an album displays all of the trackson the album and starts playing the firsttrack.

Select the “Sort” key to re-sort albums inone of the following order: Rec. (Recorded)Date, Name, Release Year, Artist.

. Search Song Details

Set the conditions and select the “StartSong Search” key to search for a desiredsong that is stored in the system. Theconditions are as follows:

Music Tempo (All, Slow, Normal and Fast)

Decade (All, ’70s, ’80s, ’90s, ’00s and ’10sand After)

Group (All, Male Artist, Female Artist, Groupand Duo)

Category (Rock, Pop, Latin, Jazz, R&B, HipHop, Club/Dance, Punk, Reggae, Folk,Blues, Country, Metal, Easy Listening, NewAge, Soundtrack, Gospel & Religious,World, Classical, Children’s and Other)

. Search Keywords

Input a search keyword using the keypaddisplayed on the screen. (See “HOW TOUSE TOUCH SCREEN (models with navi-gation system)” earlier in this section.)

. Edit Albums

Select a category (Rec. (Recorded) Date,Name, Released Year and Artist) and editthe details using the keypad displayed onthe screen. (See “HOW TO USE TOUCHSCREEN (models with navigation system)”earlier in this section.)

. Music Box System Info.

Displays the following information about the“Music Box” hard-disk drive:

a. “Music Box” Used / Free Space (Informa-tion about “Saved Album”, “Saved Track”and “Remaining Time” is displayed.)

b. Mood Categories (Number of savedtracks and their categories (RelaxingMusic, Lively Music, Slow Music, UpbeatMusic and Others) are displayed.)

c. Deleted Items (Information about thedeleted tracks is displayed.)

d. Search Missing Titles

If titles are not displayed for CDs that havebeen recorded, titles can be acquired usingone of the following methods:

— Retrieve from HDDSearches the title using the database inthe hard disk.

— Retrieve from CFSearches the title from the informationacquired on the Internet. Visitwww.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-tails.


Black plate (225,1)


— Transfer Missing Titles to CFTransfers the information of the albumrecorded without titles to a Compact-Flash card. Visitwww.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-tails.

e. “Music Box” Settings (See “Music Boxsettings” later in this section.)

f. CDDB Version (the version of the built-inGracenote Database is displayed.)

SAA1688

Text:

Refer to the following information for each item.

. Set Mood

Set the mood category of the track to“Relaxing Music”, “Lively Music”, “SlowMusic” or “Upbeat Music”.

. Delete Track

Delete the track being played.

. Edit Info.

Edit the name of the track being played andits artist using the keypad displayed on thescreen. (See “HOW TO USE TOUCH

SCREEN (models with navigation system)”earlier in this section.)

The category of the track can also be set toRock, Pop, Latin, Jazz, R&B, Hip Hop, Club/Dance, Punk, Reggae, Folk, Blues, Country,Metal, Easy Listening, New Age, Sound-track, Gospel & Religious, World, Classical,Children’s and Others.

. Remove Track

Reset the mood setting of a track.

Restoring deleted dataDeleted music data can be restored by perform-ing the following.

1. Select the “Menu” key and then the “MusicBox System Info.” key on the screen.

2. Select the “Deleted Items” key and thenthe “Album/Track” key.

3. Select the “Restore Album/Track” key torestore the deleted music data.

You can also listen to the beginning of eachtrack that has been deleted by performing thefollowing.

1. Select the “Menu” key and then the “MusicBox System Info.” key on the screen.

2. Select the “Deleted Items” key and thenthe “Play Sample” key.


Black plate (226,1)


SAA1616

Music Box settingsTo set the “Music Box” hard-disk drive to yourpreferred settings, select the “Menu” key duringplayback, “Music Box System Info.” key, and“Music Box Settings” key with the multi-function controller, and then push the ENTERbutton.

Automatic Recording:

When this item is turned to ON, the “Music Box”hard-disk drive automatically starts recordingwhen a CD is inserted.

Recording Quality:

Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132kbps. The default is set to 132 kbps.

Title Text Priority:

Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc DataBase) to acquire track information from theGracenote Database or set to CD TEXT toacquire the information from CDs.

Delete ALL “Music Box” Data:

Delete all music data stored on the hard disk.

GracenoteNOTE:

. The information contained in theGracenote Database is not fully guar-anteed.

. The service of the Gracenote Databaseon the Internet may be stopped withoutprior notice for maintenance.

End-User License Agreement

USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP-TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW.

Gracenote® MusicID® Terms of Use

This device contains software from Gracenote,Inc. of Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). Thesoftware from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Soft-ware”) enables this application to do online discidentification and obtain music-related informa-tion, including name, artist, track, and title

information (“Gracenote Data”) from onlineservers (“Gracenote Servers”) and to performother functions. You may use Gracenote Dataonly by means of the intended End-Userfunctions of this device.

You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, theGracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers foryour own personal non-commercial use only.You agree not to assign, copy, transfer ortransmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace-note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOTTO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE-NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLYPERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive license to usethe Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,and Gracenote Servers will terminate if youviolate these restrictions. If your license termi-nates, you agree to cease any and all use of theGracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, andGracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves allrights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft-ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including allownership rights. Under no circumstances willGracenote become liable for any payment to youfor any information that you provide. You agreethat Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights underthis Agreement against you directly in its ownname.


Black plate (227,1)


The Gracenote MusicID Service uses a uniqueidentifier to track queries for statistical purposes.The purpose of a randomly assigned numericidentifier is to allow the Gracenote MusicIDservice to count queries without knowing any-thing about who you are. For more information,see the web page for the Gracenote PrivacyPolicy for the Gracenote MusicID Service.

The Gracenote Software and each item ofGracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”Gracenote makes no representations or warran-ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracyof any Gracenote Data from in the GracenoteServers. Gracenote reserves the right to deletedata from the Gracenote Servers or to changedata categories for any cause that Gracenotedeems sufficient. No warranty is made that theGracenote Software or Gracenote Servers areerror-free or that functioning of GracenoteSoftware or Gracenote Servers will be unin-terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provideyou with new enhanced or additional data typesor categories that Gracenote may provide in thefuture and is free to discontinue its onlineservices at any time.

GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIESEXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI-CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN-GEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT

WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BEOBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE-NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTESERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTEBE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL ORINCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOSTPROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.

Copyright:

Music recognition technology and related dataare provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is theindustry standard in music recognition technol-ogy and related content delivery. For moreinformation visit www.gracenote.com.

CD and music-related data from Gracenote,Inc., copyright *C 2000-2007 Gracenote.Gracenote Software, copyright *C 2000-2007Gracenote. This product and service maypractice one or more of the following U.S.P a t e n t s : #5 , 987 , 525 ; #6 ,061 ,680 ;#6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192,#6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, andother patents issued or pending. Some servicessupplied under license from Open Globe, Inc.for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523. Gracenote andCDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote.The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the“Powered by Gracenote” logo are trademarksof Gracenote.

SAA0451

CD/CF (CompactFlash) CARE ANDCLEANING

CD. Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the

surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

. Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.


Black plate (228,1)


. A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

CF cards. Never touch the terminal portion of the

CompactFlash cards. Do not bend thecards.

. Always place the cards in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. Do not place heavy objects on the cards.

. Do not store the cards in highly humidlocations.

. Do not expose the cards to direct sunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the cards.

Refer to the CompactFlash card Owner’sManual for the details.


1. Source select switch

2. ENTER (models with navigation system) or tuning(models without navigation system) switch

3. Volume control switch

4. BACK switch



Black plate (229,1)


STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-TROLS FOR AUDIO

ENTER (models with navigation system)or tuning (models without navigationsystem) switchPush the switch upward or downward to selecta channel, track, CD or folder when they arelisted on the display.

Tune/Track:

RADIO

. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” shorter

Next or previous preset channel

. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” longer

Next or previous station

CD


Next track or the beginning of the currenttrack


Disc change (When only one disc is loaded,the 1st track of the disc will be selected.)

CD/CF (if so equipped) with MP3/WMA




Folder change (When the last folder on adisc is playing, the next disc will beselected.)

iPod® (if so equipped)


Previous or next track (Start/Pause or Menucan be selected when the ENTER button ispushed.)


Rewind or fast forward search

Music Box hard-disk drive audio system (ifso equipped)




Playlist change (When the last playlist isplaying, the next playlist will be selected.)

ENTER switch operation:

You can also use the ENTER switch to select theitems on the usual setting menu screen.

After selecting an MP3 folder using the up anddown switch, push the ENTER switch tocomplete the selection.

While the display is in the NAVI, STATUS orAudio setting screen, some audio functions canalso be controlled using the ENTER switch. Thefunction varies depending on if you push theswitch shorter (less than 1.5 seconds) or longer(more than 1.5 seconds).

BACK switchPush this switch to go back to the previousscreen or cancel the selection if it is notcompleted.

Volume control switchesPush the upper (+) or lower (−) side switch toincrease or decrease the volume.

SOURCE select switchPush the source select switch to change themode, Preset A, Preset B, Preset C, “iPod®” (ifso equipped), “Music Box” (if so equipped), CD,and CompactFlash (if so equipped). If they arenot ready to function, those modes will beskipped.


Black plate (230,1)


ANTENNA

Window antennaThe antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach anymetal parts to it. This may causepoor reception or noise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna witha dampened soft cloth.

SAA2102

Roof antenna (if so equipped)

Removing the antenna:

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove byturning counterclockwise.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to remove theantenna under the following condi-tions.

— The vehicle enters an automaticcar wash.

— The vehicle enters a garage witha low ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

. Always properly tighten the antennarod during installation. Otherwise,the antenna rod may break duringvehicle operation.


Black plate (231,1)


This vehicle is equipped with the mobileentertainment system, which enables you toplay a Digital Versatile Disc (DVD), providing theimages and sounds both in the front and reardisplay screens.

WARNING

. The driver must not attempt tooperate or view the Mobile Enter-tainment System (MES) while thevehicle is in motion so that fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation.

. Do not attempt to modify the systemto display a movie on the frontscreen while the vehicle is beingdriven. Doing so may distract thedriver and may cause a collision andserious personal injury or death.

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if hit witha hard or sharp object. If the glassbreaks, do not touch the liquidcrystalline material, which containsa small amount of mercury. In case

of contact with skin, wash immedi-ately with soap and water.

. Use a damp, soft cloth when clean-ing the Mobile Entertainment Sys-tem components. Do not usesolvents or cleaning solutions.

. Do not attempt to use the system in extremetemperature conditions [below −48F(−208C) or above 1588F (708C)].

. To avoid discharging the vehicle battery, donot operate the system more than 15minutes without starting the engine.

Movies will not be shown on the front displaywhile the vehicle is in any drive position toreduce driver distraction. Audio is availablewhen a movie is played. To view movies in thefront display, stop the vehicle in a safe location,move the selector lever to the P (Park) positionand apply the parking brake.

LHA0484

DVD player operation precautions

Do not use the following DVD’s as theymay cause the DVD player to malfunction:

. 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

. DVD’s with a region code other than

NISSAN MOBILE ENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM (MES) (if so equipped)


Black plate (232,1)


“1”. The region code*A is displayed ina small symbol printed on the top ofthe DVD *B .

. DVD’s that are not round

. DVD’s with a paper label

. DVD’s that are warped, scratched, orhave unequal edges

. Recordable digital video discs (DVD-R)

. Rewritable digital video discs (DVD-RW)

SAA1863

DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC (DVD) SYS-TEM COMPONENTS

DVD driveThe DVD drive is located inside of the centerconsole. Insert a DVD into the slot with the labelside facing the front of the vehicle. The DVD willbe guided automatically into the slot.

When ejecting the DVD, push the EJECT button*1 .

CAUTION

. Do not force a DVD into the slot.This could cause damage the player.

. Do not use 8 cm (3.1 in) discs.

Displays

WARNING

Park the vehicle in a safe location andapply the parking brake to view theimages on the front center displayscreen using the DVD drive or otherdevices connected to the auxiliary inputjacks (if so equipped).

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if hit witha hard or sharp object. If the glassbreaks, do not touch the liquidcrystalline material, which containsa small amount of mercury. In caseof contact with skin, wash immedi-ately with soap and water.

. Use soft, damp cloth when cleaning


Black plate (233,1)


the Mobile Entertainment Systemcomponents. Do not use solventsor cleaning solutions.

. Be sure to stow the rear displaywhen it is not used.

SAA2002Flip-down screen

Use the remote controller to operate themotorized flip-down rear display screen.

1. Push the REAR DISPLAY OPEN/CLOSEbutton on the remote controller to open orclose the display.

2. Adjust the display angle by pushing theDISPLAY TILT button or .

The screen can also be opened using the multi-function controller. See “Rear Display settings”earlier in this section.

Do not block the range of the wireless remotecontroller receiver and wireless headphonestransmitter *1 .

CAUTION

Do not touch the display when it isopening or closing.


Black plate (234,1)


SAA0720

HeadphonesHeadphones are a wireless type and no cablesare necessary. You can use them in almost allthe ranges in the rear seat for listening to thesound from DVD or AUX. (It is not possible touse the headphones in the front seat.)

Power ON/OFF:

Push the POWER button to turn the head-phones on or off.

SAA0721

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjust thevolume.

The headphones will automatically be turned offin about 5 minutes if there is no sound duringthat period. To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, keep the power turned off when notin use.

If the sound from the headphones is not clear itmay be because:

. of an infrared communication device orcellular phone, turn down the headphonevolume or stop using the headphones, or

. the headphones maybe out of the range ofthe transmitter installed in the rear flip-downdisplay screen. This is not a malfunction, or

. the sound may be interrupted temporarilywhen there is an obstacle between theheadphones and the transmitter. Removethe obstacle, such as opaque materials,hands, hair, etc.


Black plate (235,1)


SAA1861

Remote controllerThe remote controller has the following controls:

1. REAR DISPLAY OPEN/CLOSE button

2. DVD button

3. Joystick

4. AUX button

5. ENTER button

6. DISP button

7. VOLUME CONTROL button( or )

8. Headphones button

9. TRACK/CHANNEL button( or )

10. DISPLAY TILT button( or )

11. BACK button

12. ASPECT button

13. SOUND button

14. Keypad

See “PLAYING A DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC(DVD)” later in this section for the function ofeach buttons.

SAA0978Remote controller

SAA0723Headphones


Black plate (236,1)


REMOTE CONTROLLER AND HEAD-PHONES BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid.

2. Replace both batteries with new ones.

. Size AA (remote control)

. Size AAA (headphones)

Make sure that the + and 7 ends onthe batteries match the markings in-side the compartment.

3. Close the lid securely.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, close the lidsecurely.

. If you will not be using the remotecontrol for long periods of time,remove the batteries.

. Replacement of the batteries isneeded when the remote controlonly functions at extremely closedistances to the MES or not at all.

. Be careful not to touch the batteryterminal.

. An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always con-

firm local regulations for batterydisposal.

. When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the remote controland headphones.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) Thisdevice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

BEFORE OPERATING THE DVD EN-TERTAINMENT SYSTEM

PrecautionsStart the engine when using the DVD entertain-ment system.

WARNING

The driver must not attempt to operatethe DVD system or wear the head-

phones while the vehicle is in motion sothat full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

CAUTION

. Only operate the DVD while thevehicle engine is running. Operatingthe DVD for extended periods oftime with the engine OFF can dis-charge the vehicle battery.

. Do not allow the system to get wet.Excessive moisture such as spilledliquids may cause the system tomalfunction.

. While playing VIDEO-CD media, thisDVD player does not guaranteecomplete functionality of all VI-DEO-CD formats.

Copyright and trademark. The technology protected by the U.S. patent

and other intellectual property rights ownedby Macrovision Corporation and other rightholders is adopted for this system.

. This copyright protected technology cannotbe used without a permit from MacrovisionCorporation. It is limited to be personal use,


Black plate (237,1)


etc., as long as the permit from MacrovisionCorporation is not issued.

. Modifying or disassembling is prohibited.

. Dolby digital is manufactured under licensefrom Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

. Dolby and the double D mark “ ” aretrademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

. DTS and DTS Digital Surround “ ” areregistered trademarks of DTS, Inc.

Parental level (parental control)DVDs with the parental control setting can beplayed with this system. Please use your ownjudgement to set the parental control with thesystem.

Disc selectionYou can play the following disc formats with theDVD drive:

. DVD-VIDEO

. VIDEO-CD

. CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc) (CDwith MP3/WMA cannot be played.)

Use DVDs with a region code “1”, “ALL” or “1included” for your DVD entertainment system.(The region code is displayed as a small symbolprinted on the top of the DVD.) This vehicle-

installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with aregion code other than “1” or “ALL”.

Display settings

Front display:

To adjust the front display mode, press theSETTING button while the DVD is being played,select the “Others” key with the multi-functioncontroller, and then press the ENTER button.

To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness, tint,color, contrast and black level select each keyusing the multi-function controller and press theENTER button.

Then you can adjust each item using the multi-function controller. After changes have beenmade press the BACK button to save thesettings.

Rear display:

To adjust the rear display mode, push the “DISP”(Display) button on the remote controller.

To adjust the display brightness, tint, color andcontrast, select each key using the joystick onthe remote controller and tilt the joystick to rightor left.

Push the BACK button to apply the settings andreturn to the previous display.

SAA1829

PLAYING A DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC(DVD)

DISC buttonPark the vehicle in a safe location for thefront seat occupants to operate the DVDdrive while watching the images.

Push the “DISC” button on the instrument panelto turn the display to the DVD mode.

When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayedautomatically.

The operation screen will be turned on when the“DISC” button located on the instrument panelis pushed while a DVD is being played, and it


Black plate (238,1)


will turn off automatically after a period of time.To turn it on again, push the “DISC” button oncemore.

DVD operation keysTo operate the DVD drive, select the preferredkey displayed on the operation screen using themulti-function controller.

PAUSE:

Select the “ ” key and push the ENTERbutton to pause the DVD. To resume playing theDVD, use the “PLAY” key.

To pause the DVD, it is also possible to push the“ ” button on the keypad of the remotecontroller.

PLAY:

Select the “ ” key and push the ENTERbutton to start playing the DVD, for example,after pausing the DVD.

To start playing the DVD, it is also possible topush the “ ” button on the keypad of theremote controller.

STOP:

Select the “ ” key and push the ENTERbutton to stop playing the DVD.

To stop playing the DVD, it is also possible topush the “ ” button on the keypad of theremote controller.

SKIP (FORWARD):

Select the “ ” key and push the ENTERbutton to skip the chapter(s) of the disc forward.The chapters will advance the number of timesthe ENTER button is pushed.

To skip the chapter(s) forward, it is also possibleto push the “ ” button on the keypad of theremote controller.

SKIP (REWIND):

Select the “ ” key and push the ENTERbutton to skip the chapter(s) of the disc back-ward. The chapters will go back the number oftimes the ENTER button is pushed.

To skip the chapter(s) backward, it is alsopossible to push the “ ” button on thekeypad of the remote controller.

SAA2003Setting (front) — DVD VIDEO-1



Black plate (239,1)



SAA2014Setting (rear) — DVD VIDEO-1



DVD settingsSelect the “Settings” key with the multi-function controller and push the ENTER buttonto adjust the following settings.

The items indicated with “*” can also be set fromthe rear display. Push the “DVD” button on theremote controller while a DVD is being played.Select the preferred item using the joystick“ ” on the remote controller and push theENTER “ ” button.

Menu* (DVD-VIDEO):

Some menus specific to each disc will beshown. For details, see the instructions attachedto the disc.

Top Menu* (DVD-VIDEO):

Each title menu in the disc will be shown. Fordetails, see the instructions attached to the disc.

Audio* (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD) / Subtitle*(DVD-VIDEO):

Choose the preferred language using the multi-function controller and push the ENTER button.

To turn off the subtitle, push and hold theENTER button until a beep sounds.

Display Mode* (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD):

Choose from the “Full”, “Wide”, “Normal” or“Cinema” mode using the multi-function con-


Black plate (240,1)


troller and push the ENTER button again.

Angle* (DVD-VIDEO):

If the DVD contains different angles (such asmoving images), the current image angle can beswitched to another one.

Select the “Angle” key and push the ENTERbutton. When the “+” side or “−” side isselected, the angle will change.

Angle Mark (DVD-VIDEO):

When this item is turned on, an angle mark willbe shown on the bottom of the screen if thescene can be seen from a different angle.

10 Key Search* (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,CD-DA):

Select the “10 Key Search” key and push theENTER button to open the number entry screen.

Input the number you want to search for andselect the “OK” key with the multi-functioncontroller. Then push the ENTER button. Thespecified Title/Chapter or Group/Track will beplayed.

Title Search* (DVD-VIDEO):

The scene with the specified title will bedisplayed the number of times the “+” side or“−” side is selected.

Select No.* (VIDEO-CD):

Select the “Select No.” key and push theENTER button to open the number entry screen.

Input the number you wish to search for andselect the “OK” key with the multi-functioncontroller, and then push the ENTER button.The specified scene will be played.

Menu Skip (DVD-VIDEO):

DVD menus are automatically configured andthe contents will be played directly when the“Menu Skip” key is turned on. Note that somediscs may not be played directly even if this itemis turned on.

DVD Language (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD):

Select the “DVD Language” key and push theENTER button to open the number entry screen.

Input the number corresponding to the preferredlanguage and select the “OK” key with the multi-function controller. Then push the ENTERbutton. The DVD top menu language will bechanged to the one specified.

DRC (DVD-VIDEO):

DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) allows youto tune the dynamic range of the soundrecorded in the Dolby Digital format.

Remote controller operationUse the remote controller to adjust the followingitems.

Rear display open/close:

To open or close the flip-down rear display, pushthe “ ” button on the remote controller.

Joystick:

Use the joystick “ ” to select the itemsdisplayed on the rear screen.

ENTER button:

Push the ENTER “ ” button to make theselected item complete on the rear screen.

BACK button:

Press to go back to the previous screen orcancel the selection.

Display tilt:

Adjust the display angle by pushing the “DIS-PLAY TILT” button or .

DVD mode:

To select the DVD mode, push the DVD button.

AUX mode:

To select the AUX (Auxiliary input jacks) mode,push the AUX button.


Black plate (241,1)


Volume:

To control the volume level, push the “VOL”button or .

Display:

Press to adjust the rear display screen bright-ness, tint, contrast, etc.

Aspect:

To change the display size, push the “ASPECT”button. Each time the button is pushed, thedisplay size will change to “Cinema”, “Wide”,“Full” or “Normal”.

Sound:

To change the language, push the “SOUND”button. Each time the button is pushed, thelanguage will change to each language stored inthe DVD.

Headphones:

The DVD sound can be heard through theheadphones.

Push the “ ” button. Each time the button ispushed the mode will switch to ON or OFF.

To control the volume of sound from theheadphones, use the VOLUME CONTROLknob attached to the headphones.

Track/Channel:

Press to skip to the previous or next DVD sceneselection.

Keypad:

: PLAY/PAUSE button

: STOP button

: FORWARD button

: REWIND button

: FORWARD button for still images (forDVD-AUDIO)

: REWIND button for still images (for DVD-AUDIO)

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth to cleanthe surfaces of your Mobile EntertainmentSystem. (DVD player face, screen, remotecontroller, etc.)

CAUTION

. Do not use any solvents or cleaningsolutions when cleaning the videosystem.

. Do not use excessive force on themonitor screen.

. Avoid touching or scratching themonitor screen as it may becomedirty or damaged.

. Do not attempt to operate thesystem in extreme temperature con-ditions [below −48F (−208C) andabove 1588F (708C)].

. Do not attempt to operate thesystem in extreme humidity condi-tions (less than 10% or more than75%).


Black plate (242,1)


SAA0451

How to handle the DVD

CAUTION

. Handle a DVD by its edges. Nevertouch the surface of the disc.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surfacefrom the center to the outer edgeusing a clean, soft cloth. Do notwipe the disc using a circular mo-tion.

. Do not use a conventional recordcleaner, benzine, thinner or alcoholintended for industrial use.

. A new disc may be rough on itsinner and outer edges. Remove therough edges using the side of a penor pencil as illustrated.

. Never attempt to use a DVD that hasbeen cracked, deformed, or repairedusing adhesive. Doing so may causedamage to the equipment.

. Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contam-ination or flaws. Otherwise, signals may notbe read properly.

. Do not write, draw or attach anything on anyside of the DVD.

. Do not store the DVD in locations with directsunlight or in high temperatures or humidity.

. Always place discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. Do not put on any sticker or write anythingon either surface of the DVD.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the electronic control modulesand electronic control system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the useof cellular telephones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme cautionat all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


Black plate (243,1)


CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8in (20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the man-ufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult a NISSAN deal-er.

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an ownerof a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellularphone, you can set up the wireless connectionbetween your cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology, you can make or receive a telephone callwith your cellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connecting

procedure is required anymore. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position with the registeredcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-ports the phone commands, so dialing a phonenumber using your voice is possible. For moredetails, see “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (models with navigation system)” laterin this section; page 4-99.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

. Set up the wireless connection between acellular phone and the in-vehicle phonemodule before using the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-mended phone list.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITH NAVIGATIONSYSTEM


Black plate (244,1)


— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, behind a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order notto be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, please visit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone pairing procedurespecific to your phone, battery charging,cellular phone antenna, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor will notcoincide with the antenna display of somecellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible to hear the caller’s voice clearly aswell as to minimize its echoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

FCC Regulatory information— CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

— Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1) this device may not cause interference and

2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information— Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

— This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth trademark:


VOICE COMMANDS

You can use voice commands to operate variousBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System featuresusing the NISSAN Voice Recognition system.

For more details, see “NISSAN VOICE RE-COGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation


Black plate (245,1)


system)” later in this section; page 4-99.

SAA1857

CONTROL BUTTONS1) PHONE button

2) TALK/PHONE SEND button

SAA1895

PAIRING PROCEDURE

1. Push the PHONE button or the button,and select the “Pair phone” key on thedisplay using the multi-function controller.Then push the ENTER button.


Black plate (246,1)


SAA1572

2. Select the “None (Add New)” key from thename list of the phones, and push theENTER button.

SAA1925

3. When a PIN code appears on the screen,operate the Bluetooth® cellular phone toenter the PIN code.

The pairing procedure of the cellular phonevaries according to each cellular phone. Seethe cellular phone Owner’s Manual for thedetails. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or callNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department forinstructions on pairing NISSAN recom-mended cellular phones.

When the pairing is completed, the screenwill return to the Bluetooth® setup display.

SAA1574

PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION

Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in thephonebook.

1. Push the SETTING button, and select the“PHONE” key on the display using the multi-function controller. Then push the ENTERbutton.

2. Select the “Phonebook” key, and push theENTER button.

3. Select the “None (Add New)” key from thename list of the phonebook, and push theENTER button.


Black plate (247,1)


SAA1575

4. Select the “Transfer via Bluetooth” key, andpush the ENTER button in order to registeryour cellular phone memory in the phone-book.

5. Operate the cellular phone to send aperson’s name and phone number from thememory of the cellular phone. The memorysending procedure from the cellular phonevaries according to each cellular phonemanufacturer. See the cellular phone Own-er’s Manual for more details.

SAA1576

6. After the memory is registered in the phone-book, the system will ask if you want to adda voicetag for it. If you want to add avoicetag, select the “YES” key on the “Add avoicetag?” screen. For example, if thepartner’s name is David, speak “David” aftera tone. The “David” voicetag is stored in thephonebook. Voicetags allow easy dialingusing the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys-tem. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (models with navigation system)”later in this section; page 4-99.)

7. When the phonebook registration is com-pleted, the screen will return to the name listof the phonebook.

. To confirm the stored voicetags, selectthe “Voicetag Directory” key using themulti-function controller, and push theENTER button.

. There are different methods to input aphone number. Select one of the follow-ing options instead of “Transfer viaBluetooth” in step 4 above.

— Enter Data by Keypad

Input the name and phone number manuallyusing the keypad displayed on the screen.(See “HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN(models with navigation system)” earlier inthis section.)

— Copy from Downloaded Phonebook

Copy a phonebook from the Bluetooth®

cellular phone. The availability of this func-tion depends on each cellular phone. Thecopying procedure from the cellular phonealso varies according to each cellular phone.See cellular phone Owner’s Manual for moredetails.

— Copy from Outgoing Call Logs

Store the name and phone number from theoutgoing call list.

— Copy from Incoming Call Logs

Store the name and phone number from the


Black plate (248,1)


incoming call list.

— Delete

Delete a contact that is registered in thephonebook.

SAA1895

MAKING A CALL

To make a call, follow the procedures below.

1. Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel or the button on the steeringwheel. The “PHONE” screen will appear onthe display.

2. Select the “Call (Phonebook)” key on the“PHONE” menu, and push the ENTERbutton.

3. Select the registered person’s name fromthe list, and push the ENTER button. Dialingwill start and the screen will change to thecall-in-progress screen.

4. After the call is over, perform one of thefollowing to finish the call.

a. Select the “Hang up” key and push theENTER button.

b. Push the button on the steeringwheel.

c. Push the PHONE button on the instru-ment panel.

There are different methods to make a call.Select one of the following options instead of“Call (Phonebook)” in step 2 above.

. Redial

Dial the previously dialed number again.

. Call (Call Logs)

Select the name or phone number from theincoming or outgoing call logs.

. Call (Downloaded)

Select the name or phone number from thedownloaded call list.

. Dial (Keypad)

Input the phone number manually using thekeypad displayed on the screen. (See“HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN (modelswith navigation system)” earlier in thissection.)


Black plate (249,1)


SAA1578

RECEIVING A CALL

When you hear a phone ring, the display willchange to the incoming call mode. To receive acall, perform one of the following procedureslisted below.

a) Select the “Answer” key on the display andpush the ENTER button.

b) Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel.

c) Push the button on the steering wheel.

There are some options available when receivinga call. Select one of the following displayed onthe screen.

. Answer

Accept an incoming call to talk.

. On Hold

Put an incoming call on hold.

. Reject Call

Reject an incoming call.

To finish the call, perform one of thefollowing procedures listed below.

a) Select the “Hang up” key on the display andpush the ENTER button.

b) Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel.

c) Push the button on the steering wheel.

SAA1579

DURING A CALL

There are some options available during a call.Select one of the following displayed on thescreen if necessary.

. Hang up

Finish the call.

. Use Handset

Transfer the call to the cellular phone.

. Mute

Mute your voice to the person.


Black plate (250,1)


. Keypad

Send a dial tone to the caller for usingnetwork services such as voice mail.

. Cancel Mute

This will appear after “Mute” is selected.Mute will be canceled.

To adjust the person’s voice to be louder orquieter, push the volume control switch (+ or −)on the steering wheel or turn the volume controlknob on the instrument panel while talking onthe phone. This adjustment is also available inthe SETTING mode.

SAA1580

PHONE SETTING

To set up the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem to your preferred settings, push theSETTING button on the instrument panel andselect the “PHONE” key on the display, and thenpush the ENTER button.

PhonebookSee “PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION” earlier inthis section for adding, editing and deleting acontact.

SAA1581

Downloaded PhonebookRefer to the following information for each item.

. Download All

Download all of the contacts registered inthe Bluetooth® cellular phone. Availability ofthis function depends on each cellularphone. The memory downloading procedurefrom the cellular phone also varies accordingto each cellular phone. See cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for more details.

. Delete Downloaded Phonebook

Delete a downloaded phonebook.


Black plate (251,1)


. Delete an Entry of Downloaded Phone-book

Delete an entry from the downloadedphonebook.

Automatic HoldIf this item is turned on, an incoming call will beplaced on hold automatically after several rings.

Use Vehicle RingtoneIf this item is turned on, a specific ringtone that isdifferent from the cellular phone’s will soundwhen receiving a call.

Delete Call LogsDelete all of the incoming or outgoing call logsfrom the list.

Bluetooth SetupSee the following information for each item.

. Bluetooth

If this setting is turned off, the connectionbetween the cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module will be canceled.

. Bluetooth Info

Check information about the device name,device PIN and connection status.

. Pair Phone

See “PAIRING PROCEDURE” later in thissection.

. Priority Change

Use this command to change the prioritylevel of the active phone.

The priority level determines which phonewill be connected to the system when morethan one paired Bluetooth® phone is in thevehicle.

The system states the priority level of theactive phone and asks for a new priority level(1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

If the new priority level is already being usedfor another phone, the two phones will swappriority levels.

For example, if the current priority levels are:Priority Level 1 = Phone APriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone Cand you change the priority level of Phone Cto Level 1, then:Priority Level 1 = Phone CPriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone A

. Remove Paired Phone

Delete a registered cellular phone from thepaired list.

. Paired Phone List

Up to 5 registered cellular phones areshown on the list. If you select a cellularphone that is different from the one currentlybeing connected, the newly selected phonewill be connected to the system.

. Edit Phone Name

Rename the registered cellular phones usingthe keypad displayed on the screen. (See“HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN (modelswith navigation system)” earlier in thissection.)


Black plate (252,1)



The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the commandcorrectly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation system)” later inthis section; page 4-99.)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy touse the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

The system consistently selects thewrong voicetag.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION” earlier in thissection.)

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Black plate (253,1)


WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an ownerof a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellularphone, you can set up the wireless connectionbetween your cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology, you can make or receive a telephone callwith your cellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connecting

procedure is required anymore. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position with the registeredcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-ports the phone commands, so dialing a phonenumber using your voice is possible.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

. Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Bluetooth®


. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-mended phone list.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, behind a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order notto be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, please visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.

BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (if so equipped)


Black plate (254,1)


. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone pairing procedurespecific to your phone, battery charging,cellular phone antenna, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor will notcoincide with the antenna display of somecellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible to hear the caller’s voice clearly aswell as to minimize its echoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

FCC Regulatory information— CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

— Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1) this device may not cause interference and

2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information— Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

— This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth trademark:


INITIALIZATION

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. If thebutton is pushed before the initialization com-pletes, the system will announce “Hands-freephone system not ready” and will not react tovoice commands.

OPERATING TIPS

To get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the follow-ing:

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will notbe received properly.

. Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the tone sounds.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

GIVING VOICE COMMANDS

To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pushand release the button located on thesteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.

The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is given whenthe command is accepted.

. If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.


Black plate (255,1)


. If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please try again.” Repeat the command ina clear voice.

. If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or“Correction” any time the system is waitingfor a response.

. You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the voice recognition(VR) session. You can also push thebutton on the steering wheel at any time.Whenever the VR session is canceled, adouble beep is played to indicate you haveexited the system.

. If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, push the volume control switches(+ or −) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.

NOTE:

The voice command “Help” is available atany time. Please say “Help” to obtain theinformation about how to use the NISSANVoice Recognition system.

How to say numbersNISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers in voice commands.Refer to the rules and examples below.

. Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight oh oh six six two six two ohoh”, or

—“One eight zero zero six six two six two ohoh”

. Words can be used for the first 4 digitsplaces only.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight hundred six six two six two ohoh”,

—NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixtytwo hundred, and

—NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty twohundred.

. Numbers can be spoken in small groups.The system will prompt you to continuingentering digits, if desired.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight zero zero”

The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

—“six six two”

The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

—“six two zero zero”

. You can say “Star” for * and “Pound” for # atanytime in any position of the phone number.(Available only when using the “Call Inter-national” command.)

Example: 1-555-1212 *123

—“One five five five one two one two starone two three”

NOTE:

For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.


Black plate (256,1)


SAA1858

CONTROL BUTTONS

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.

TALK/PHONE SEND

Push the button to initiate a VR sessionor answer an incoming call.

You can also use the button to skipthrough system feedback and to entercommands during a call. (See “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this sectionand “DURING A CALL” earlier in this sectionfor more information.)

PHONE END

Push the button to cancel a VR sessionor end a call.

GETTING STARTED

The following procedures will help you getstarted using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem with NISSAN Voice Recognition. Foradditional command options, see “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

CHOOSING A LANGUAGE

You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System using English, Spanish or French.

See “HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON” earlierin this section to change the language.

PAIRING PROCEDURE

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.The system announces the available com-mands.

2. Say: “Setup” *A . The system acknowl-edges the command and announces thenext set of available commands.

3. Say: “Pair phone”*B . The system acknowl-edges the command and announces thenext set of available commands.

4. Say: “New phone” *C . The system ac-knowledges the command and asks you toinitiate pairing from the phone handset *D .

When you are asked to enter a Pass Key forpairing your Bluetooth® cellular phone,operate it to enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of thenumber of phones paired.

The pairing procedure of the cellular phonevaries according to each cellular phone. Seethe cellular phone Owner’s Manual fordetails. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instruc-tions on pairing NISSAN recommendedcellular phones.

5. The system asks you to say a name for thephone *E .

If the name is too long or too short, the


Black plate (257,1)


system tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Also, if more than one phone is paired andthe name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

6. The system asks you to assign a priority level*F . The priority level determines whichphone is active when more than one pairedBluetooth® phone is in the vehicle. Followthe instructions provided by the system orsee “SETUP” later in this section for moreinformation on changing priorities.

7. The system will ask if you would like toselect a custom ringtone *G . Follow theinstructions provided by the system or see“SETUP” later in this section for moreinformation on selecting ringtones.

MAKING A CALL BY ENTERING APHONE NUMBER

1. Push the button on steering wheel. Atone will sound.

2. Say: “Call” *A . The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

Say: “Call International” *B to dial morethan 10 digits using any special characters.

3. Say the number you wish to call, startingwith the area code in the single digit format*C . For better recognition results, it isrecommended to say the numbers in smallgroups like, the 3-digits area code, the next3 digits, then the last 4 digits. For example,555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five”(1st group), “one two one” (2nd group) and“three three five four” (3rd group). (See“How to say numbers” earlier in this sectionfor more information.)

4. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back andannounces the available commands.

5. Say: “Dial” *D . The system acknowledgesthe command and makes the call.

For additional command options, see “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

RECEIVING A CALL

When you hear the ringtone, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press the buttonon the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ringtone, press the button onthe steering wheel to reject the call.

For additional command options, see “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.


Black plate (258,1)


SAA1926

LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS

When you push and release the button onthe steering wheel, you can choose from thecommands on the Main Menu. The followingpages describe these commands and thecommands in each sub-menu.

Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.

You can say “Help” to hear the list of commandscurrently available any time the system is waitingfor a response.

If you want to end an action without completingit, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at any timewhile the system is waiting for a response. The

system will end the VR session. Whenever theVR session is canceled, a double beep is playedto indicate you have exited the system.

If you want to go back to the previous command,you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytimethe system is waiting for a response.

When you get used to the menus in the system,you can talk ahead by saying more than onecommand at a time. For example, say, “Call fivefive five one two one two” or “Memo padrecord.”

Also, when you get used to the systemresponses, you can skip ahead to the tone bypressing the button on the steering wheel.However, if you press the button when thesystem is waiting for a response from you it willend the VR session.

SAA1927

CALL

<Name> (speak name)

If you have stored entries in the Phone Book, youcan dial a number associated with a name andlocation.

See “PHONE BOOK” later in this section tolearn how to store entries.

When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe phone book entry (voicetag) you wish to call.The system acknowledges the name.

If there are multiple locations associated withthe name, the system asks you to choose thelocation.


Black plate (259,1)


Once you have confirmed the name andlocation, the system begins the call.

<Number> (speak digits)

When prompted by the system, say the numberyou wish to call. (See “How to say numbers”earlier in this section and “MAKING A CALL BYENTERING A PHONE NUMBER” earlier in thissection for more details.)

“Redial”

Use the Redial command to call the last numberthat was dialed within the vehicle.

NOTE:

The system will not redial the last numberdialed by the handset keypad.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a redial number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to redial” andends the VR session.

“Callback”

Use the Call Back command to dial the numberof the last incoming call within the vehicle.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing. If a callback number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to call back”

and ends the VR session.

International

For dialing more than 10 digits or any specialcharacters, please say “Call International”.When the system acknowledges the command,the system will prompt you to speak the number.

During a call

During a call there are several command optionsavailable. Press the button on the steeringwheel to mute the receiving voice and entercommands.

. “Help” — The system announces the avail-able commands.

. “Go back/Correction” — The system an-nounces “Go back,” ends the VR sessionand returns to the call.

. “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returnsto the call.

. “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Sendcommand to enter numbers during a call.For example, if you were directed to dial anextension by an automated system:

Say: “Send one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with the

numbers. The system then ends the VRsession and returns to the call.

. “Transfer Call” — Use the Transfer Callcommand to transfer the call from theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System tothe cellular phone when privacy is desired.

The system announces, “Transfer call. Calltransferred to privacy mode.” The systemthen ends the VR session.

You can also issue the Transfer Callcommand again to return to a hands-freecall through the vehicle.

. “Mute” — Use the Mute command to muteyour voice so the other party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again to unmuteyour voice.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or thecellular phone network connection is lostwhile the Mute feature is on, the Mutefeature may need to be reset to “off.”


Black plate (260,1)


SAA1928

PHONE BOOK

The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for eachphone paired with the system. Each name canhave up to 4 locations/phone numbers asso-ciated with it.

NOTE:

Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected withPhone B.

“New Entry”

Use the New Entry command to store a newname in the system.

When prompted by the system, say the nameyou would like to give the new entry (voicetag).

For example, say: “Mary.”

If the name is too long or too short, the systemtells you, then prompts you for a name again.

Also, if the name sounds too much like a namealready stored, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

Once the system accepts the name and youconfirm it is correct, the system asks for alocation (Home, Office, Mobile or Other).

For example, say: “Home.”

The system acknowledges the location.

The system will ask you to say a phone numberor to transfer a phone number stored in thecellular phone’s memory.

To enter a phone number by voice command:

For example, say: “five five five one two onetwo.” (See “How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.)

To transfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory (if so equipped):

Say “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledgesthe command and asks you to initiate thetransfer from the phone handset. The newcontact phone number will be transferred from

the cellular phone via the Bluetooth® commu-nication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructionson transferring phone numbers from NISSANrecommended cellular phones.

The system repeats the number and promptsyou for the next command. When you havefinished entering numbers, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location andnumber. The system then asks if you would liketo store another location for the same name. Ifyou do not wish to store another location, thesystem ends the VR session.

“Edit”

Use the Edit command to alter an existing phonebook entry or to add a 2nd, 3rd or 4th phonenumber to an existing entry.

When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe entry you wish to edit.

The system acknowledges the name and asksyou for the location you would like to edit.

Say the name of the location.

The system acknowledges the location.


Black plate (261,1)


The system will ask you to say a phone numberor to transfer a phone number stored in thecellular phone’s memory.

To enter a phone number by voice command:

For example, say: “five five five one two onetwo.” (See “How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.)

To transfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory (if so equipped):

Say “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledgesthe command and asks you to initiate thetransfer from the phone handset. The newcontact phone number will be transferred fromthe cellular phone via the Bluetooth® commu-nication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructionson transferring phone numbers from NISSANrecommended cellular phones.

The system repeats the number and promptsyou for the next command. When you havefinished entering numbers, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location andnumber, then announces that the entry has beenstored. The system then ends the VR session.

“Delete”

Use the Delete command to erase one entryfrom the phone book, all entries from the phonebook, the current redial number or the currentcall back number.

To delete entries from the phone book, say aname or “All entries” when prompted by thesystem.

The system acknowledges the command andasks you to confirm the deletion.

To delete the current redial number or call backnumber, say “redial number” or “call backnumber” when prompted by the system.

If a redial number or a call back number exists,the system deletes them without asking forconfirmation.

If there is no number for the entry you are tryingto delete, the system says so and ends the VRsession.

“List Names”

Use the List Names command to hear all thenames and locations in the phone book.

The system recites the phone book entries butdoes not include the actual phone numbers.When the playback of the list is complete thesystem ends the VR session.

You can stop the playback of the list at any timeby pressing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session.


Black plate (262,1)


SAA1929

MEMO PAD

The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voicememos, each up to 20 seconds long.

“Play”

The system plays back all the memos in theorder of newest to oldest. The system ends theVR session.

If there are no memos recorded, the systemannounces “No messages to play.” The systemends the VR session.

“Record”

The system announces “Recording” and a tonesounds signaling you to begin.

Speak the information you wish to record clearly.When you are done, press the orbutton on the steering wheel.

A tone sounds and the system announces“Memo recorded.” Another tone sounds to endthe VR session.

If the memo pad is full, the system asks if youwish to record over the oldest memo.

“Delete”

The Delete command erases all memos. Thesystem asks you to confirm this action beforedeleting all memos.

SAA1930

SETUP

Use the Setup command to change optionsassociated with the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System.

“Pair Phone”

Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone tothe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

When you are asked to enter a PIN code forpairing your Bluetooth® cellular phone, operate itto enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of thenumber of phones paired.


Black plate (263,1)


Up to 5 phones can be paired. If you try to pair asixth phone, the system announces that youmust first delete one phone or replace anexisting phone.

If you try to pair a phone that has already beenpaired to your vehicle’s system, the systemannounces the name the phone is already using.The pairing procedure will then be canceled.

When prompted by the system, choose from thefollowing commands:

. “New phone” — see “PAIRING PROCE-DURE” earlier in this section.

. “Replace phone” — The system announcesthe names of the phones already paired andasks which you would like to replace.

Once you say the name of the phone youwish to replace, the paring procedure willbegin. (See “PAIRING PROCEDURE” ear-lier in this section.)

. “List phone” — See the description below.

“List Phones”

Use the List Phone command to hear the namesof the phones currently paired. If no phones arepaired, the system announces, “No pairedphones to list.” The system then ends the VRsession.

“Select Phone”

Use the Select Phone command to select aphone of lesser priority when two or morephones paired with Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System are in the vehicle at the sametime.

The system asks you to name the phone andconfirm the selection.

Once the selection is confirmed, the selectedphone remains active until the ignition switch ispushed to the LOCK position or you select anew phone.

“Change Priority”

Use the Change Priority command to changethe priority level of the active phone.

The priority level determines which phone isactive when more than one paired Bluetooth®

phone is in the vehicle.

The system states the priority level of the activephone and asks for a new priority level (1, 2, 3,4, 5).

If the new priority level is already being used foranother phone, the two phones will swap prioritylevels.

For example, if the current priority levels are:

Priority Level 1 = Phone APriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone C

and you change the priority level of Phone C toLevel 1, then:

Priority Level 1 = Phone CPriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone A

“Delete Phone”

Use the Delete Phone command to delete aspecific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth®


The system announces the names of the phonesalready paired with the system and their prioritylevel. The system then gives you the option todelete a specific phone, all phones or listen tothe list again.

Once you choose to delete a phone or allphones, the system asks you to confirm thisaction.

NOTE:

When you delete a phone, the associatedphone book for that phone will also bedeleted.


Black plate (264,1)


“Select Ring tone”

Use the Select Ring tone command to select thetone heard in the vehicle when an incoming callis received.

The system announces the name of the activephone and asks you to choose from thefollowing commands:

. “Ringtone” — The system plays a ringtoneand asks if you would like to select that tone.If you say no, the system plays the nextringtone available and continues to cyclethrough the ringtones until you select one orquit.

. “Silent” — The system asks you to confirmyour wish to disable the ringtone.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-ofdialect users to train the system to improverecognition accuracy. By repeating a number ofcommands, the users can create a voice modelof their own voice that is stored in the system.The system is capable of storing a differentspeaker adaptation model for memory A andmemory B.

If memory A is available, the system will usememory A to store the model. If memory A is inuse and memory B is available, the system willuse memory B to store the model. If both of the

memory locations are in use, the system will askthe user to select which memory location shouldbe overwritten.

Training procedureThe procedure for training a voice is as follows.

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quietoutdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in the P (Park) position.

3. Press and hold the button for morethan 5 seconds.

4. The system announces: “Press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode”.

5. Press the button.

6. Voice memory A or memory B is selectedautomatically. If both memory locations arealready in use, the system will prompt you tooverwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the system.

7. When preparation is complete and you areready to begin, the press the button.

8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow theinstructions provided by the system.

9. When training is finished, the system will tellyou an adequate number of phrases havebeen recorded.

10. The system will ask you to say your name.Follow the instructions to register yourname.

11. The system will announce that speakeradaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The SA mode will stop if:

. The button is pressed for more than 5seconds in SA mode.

. The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFF orLOCK position.

Training phrasesDuring the SA mode, the system instructs you tosay the following phrases.

(The system will prompt you for each phrase.)

. phone book new entry

. dial three oh four two nine

. delete call back number

. setup pair phone

. memo pad play


Black plate (265,1)


. eight pause nine three two pause seven

. delete all entries

. call seven two four zero nine

. phone book delete entry

. memo pad record

. dial star two one seven oh

. Yes

. No

. select ringtone

. dial eight five six nine two

. Bluetooth on

. setup change priority

. call three one nine oh two

. nine seven pause pause three oh eight

. Cancel

. call back number

. call star two zero nine five

. delete phone

. dial eight three zero five one

. Home

. four three pause two nine pause zero

. delete redial number

. phone book list names

. call eight oh five four one

. Correction

. setup change ringtone

. dial seven four oh one eight

. setup main menu

. Delete

. dial nine seven two six six

. memo pad delete

. call seven six three oh one

. go back

. call five six two eight zero

. dial six six four three seven


Black plate (266,1)



The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the commandcorrectly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” earlier in this section.)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy touse the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve therecognition response for the speaker. (See “SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE” earlier in this section.)

The system consistently selects thewrong entry (voicetag) from the phonebook.

1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by using the“List Names” command. (See “PHONE BOOK” earlier in this section.)

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Black plate (267,1)


NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands-freeoperation of the systems equipped on thisvehicle in one of two modes, Standard Modeor Alternate Command Mode.

In Standard Mode, commands that are availableare always shown on the display and announcedby the system. You can complete your desiredoperation by simply following the prompts givenby the system. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOG-NITION STANDARD MODE” later in this sectionfor details.) In this mode, hands-free operation ofAudio, Air Conditioner and Display is notavailable through NISSAN Voice Recognition.

For advanced operation, you can use theAlternate Command Mode that enables theoperation of the display, audio, and air condi-tioner through NISSAN Voice Recognition. (See“NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATECOMMAND MODE” later in this section fordetails.) When this mode is active, an expandedlist of commands can be spoken after pushingthe TALK switch, and the voice commandmenu prompts are turned off. Note that in thismode the recognition success rate may beaffected as the number of available commandsand the ways of speaking each command areincreased.

For U.S. customers, the Standard Mode isselected by default. For Canadian customers,the Alternate Command Mode is the defaultmode. To switch one mode to another, see each

mode description later in this section.

To improve the recognition success rate whenAlternate Command Mode is active, try using theSpeaker Adaptation Function available in thatmode. Otherwise, it is recommended thatAlternate Command Mode be turned off andStandard Mode be used for the best recognitionperformance.

For the voice commands for the navigationsystem, refer to the Navigation System Owner’sManual of your vehicle.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSTANDARD MODE

The following section is applicable when theStandard Mode is activated. (This mode isselected by default for U.S. customers.)

The Standard Mode enables you to completethe desired operation by simply following theprompts that appear on the display and also areannounced by the system. Hands-free operationof Audio, Air Conditioner and Display systems isnot available in this mode.

SAA1566

Activating Standard ModeWhen the Alternate Command Mode is active,perform the following steps to switch to theStandard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrumentpanel.

2. Highlight the “Others” key on the displayand then push the ENTER button.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key andthen push the ENTER button.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (models with navigationsystem)


Black plate (268,1)


SAA1917

4. Highlight the “Alternate Command Mode”key and push the ENTER button.

5. The indicator turns off and the StandardMode activates.

Displaying user guideIf you use the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time or you do not knowhow to operate it, you can display the UserGuide for confirmation.

You can confirm how to use voice commands byaccessing a simplified User Guide, whichcontains basic instructions and tutorials forseveral voice commands.

SAA2164

1. Push the INFO button on the instrumentpanel.

2. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key usingthe NISSAN controller and push the ENTERbutton.

3. Highlight the “User Guide” key using theNISSAN controller and push the ENTERbutton.

4. Highlight an item using the NISSAN con-troller and push the ENTER button.

You can skip steps 1 and 2 above if you say“Help”.

Available items:

. Getting Started

Describes the basics of how to operate theNISSAN Voice Recognition system.

. Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voicecommand operation.

. Finding a Street Address

Tutorial for entering a destination by streetaddress.

. Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips of speaking for correctcommand recognition by the system.

. Voice Recognition Settings

Describes the available voice recognitionsettings.

Note that the Command List feature is onlyavailable when Alternate Command Mode isactive.


Black plate (269,1)


SAA1904

Getting StartedBefore using the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time, you can confirm how touse commands by viewing the Getting Startedsection of the User Guide.

1. Highlight “Getting Started” and push theENTER button.

2. You can confirm the page by scrolling thescreen using the NISSAN controller.

Tutorials on the operation of the NISSANVoice Recognition system

If you choose “Finding a Street Address” or“Placing Calls”, you can view tutorials on how toperform these operations using NISSAN Voice

Recognition.

SAA2165

Useful tips for correct operationYou can display useful speaking tips to help thesystem recognize your voice commands cor-rectly.

Highlight “Help on Speaking” and push theENTER button.


Black plate (270,1)


SAA2166

Voice recognition settingsThe available settings of the NISSAN VoiceRecognition system are described.

1. Highlight “Voice Recognition Settings” andpush the ENTER button.

2. You can confirm the page by scrolling thescreen using the NISSAN controller.

USING THE SYSTEM

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. Whencompleted, the system is ready to accept voice

commands. If the TALK switch is pushedbefore the initialization completes, the displaywill show the message: “Phonetic data down-loaded. Please wait.” or a beep sounds.

Before startingTo get the best recognition performance fromNISSAN Voice Recognition, observe the follow-ing:

. The interior of the vehicle should be as quietas possible. Close the windows to eliminatethe surrounding noises (traffic noise andvibration sounds, etc.), which may preventthe system from correctly recognizing thevoice commands.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”, the fanspeed is automatically lowered so that yourcommands can be recognized more easily.

SAA1859

Giving voice commands1. Push the TALK switch located on the

steering wheel.


Black plate (271,1)


SAA1908

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,and the system announces, “Would you liketo access Phone, Navigation, Information orHelp?”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak acommand.

4. Continue to follow the voice menu promptsand speak after the tone sounds until yourdesired operation is completed.

Operating tips:

. Say a command after the tone.

. Commands that are available are always

shown on the display and spoken throughvoice menu prompts. Commands other thanthose that are displayed are not accepted.Please follow the prompts given by thesystem.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return to theprevious screen.

. If you want to cancel the command, pushand hold the TALK switch. Themessage, “Voice cancelled” will be an-nounced.

. Push the TALK switch to pause theoperation. Push the TALK switch againto restart the operation.

. If you want to adjust the volume of thesystem feedback, push the volume controlbuttons [+] or [−] on the steering switch oruse the audio system volume knob while thesystem is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers when giving voicecommands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (Forexample, if you would like to say 500, “five zerozero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.)

Examples

. 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero six six two six twozero zero”

Improving Recognition of Phone numbers

You can improve the recognition of phonenumbers by saying the phone number in threegroups of numbers. For example, when you try tocall 800-662-6200, say “eight zero zero” first,and the system will then ask you for the nextthree digits. Then, say “six six two”. Afterrecognition, the system will then ask for the lastfour digits. Say, “six two zero zero”. Using thismethod of phone digit entry can improverecognition performance.

When speaking a house number, speak thenumber “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (Oh)” isincluded in the house number, it will not berecognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if youspeak “oh” instead of “zero”. You can only say“zero” for “0 (zero)”.


Black plate (272,1)


Command List

Category Command:

Command Action

Phone Operates Phone function

Navigation Operates Navigation function

Information Displays vehicle Information function

Help Displays User Guide

. Phone Command:

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Redial Makes a call to the latest dialed number.

Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Phonebook.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Change Number Corrects the phone number when it is not recognized. (Available during phone number entry)

. Navigation Command:

See the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

. Information Command:

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Traffic Info. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.


Black plate (273,1)


Voice command examplesTo use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function,speaking one command is sometimes sufficient,but at other times it is necessary to speak two ormore commands. As examples, some additionalbasic operations by voice commands aredescribed here.

For navigation system commands, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

SAA1859

Example 1 - Placing a call to the phonenumber 800-662-6200:

1. Push the TALK switch located on thesteering wheel.

SAA1908

2. The system announces, “Would you like toaccess Phone, Navigation, Information orHelp?”

3. Speak “Phone”.


Black plate (274,1)


SAA1909

4. Speak “Dial Number”.

SAA1910

5. Speak “8 0 0”.

SAA1911

6. The system announces, “Please say the nextthree digits or dial, or say change number.”

7. Speak “6 6 2”.


Black plate (275,1)


SAA1912

8. The system announces, “Please say the lastfour digits” or say change number.

9. Speak “6 2 0 0”.

SAA1913

10. The system announces, “Dial or ChangeNumber?”

11. Speak “Dial”.

12. The system makes a call to 800-662-6200.

Note:

. You can also speak “800-662-6200” (10continuous digits) or “662-6200” (7 con-tinuous digits), if the area code is notnecessary. However, the 3-3-4 digit group-ing is recommended for improved recogni-tion. (See “How to speak numbers” earlier inthis section.)

. You can only say a phone number using the3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10 digits usingthis command. Please use the “InternationalCall” command for all other formats.

. If you say “Change Number” during phonenumber entry, the system will automaticallyrequest that you repeat the number usingthe 3-3-4 format. In this case please say thearea code first and then follow the prompts.

. Do not add a “1” in front of the area codewhen speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize yourcommand, please try repeating the com-mand using a natural voice. Speaking tooslow or too loudly may further decreaserecognition performance.


Black plate (276,1)


SAA1859

Example 2 - Placing an international call tothe phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:

1. Push the TALK switch located on thesteering wheel.

SAA1908

2. The system announces, “Would you like toaccess Phone, Navigation, Information orHelp?”

3. Speak “Phone”.

SAA1909

4. Speak “International Call”.


Black plate (277,1)


SAA1914

5. Speak “01181111222333”.

SAA1915

6. Speak “Dial”.

7. System makes a call to 011-81-111-222-3333.

Note:

Any digit input format is available in theInternational Number input process.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL-TERNATE COMMAND MODE

The following section is applicable when Alter-nate Command Mode is activated. (This mode isselected by default for Canadian customers.)

The Alternate Command Mode enables theoperation of the display, audio, and air condi-tioner through Voice Recognition. When thismode is active, an expanded list of commandscan be spoken after pushing the TALKswitch, and the voice command menu promptsare turned off.

Please note that in this mode the recognitionsuccess rate may be affected as the number ofavailable commands and ways of speaking eachcommand are increased. To improve the recog-nition success rate, try using the SpeakerAdaptation Function available in that mode.(See “Speaker adaptation function (for AlternateCommand Mode)” later in this section.)

In the Alternate Command Mode, review theexpanded command list for this mode, as somecommands available in the Standard Mode arereplaced. Please see the examples on thescreen.


Black plate (278,1)


SAA1566

Activating Alternate Command ModeWhen the Standard Mode is active, perform thefollowing steps to switch to the AlternateCommand Mode.


2. Highlight the “Others” key on the displayand then push the ENTER button.


SAA2168

4. Highlight the “Alternate Command Mode”key and push the ENTER button.

5. The confirmation message is displayed onthe screen. Push the “OK” key to activatethe Alternate Command Mode.

Displaying command listIf you are controlling the system by voicecommands for the first time or do not know theappropriate voice command, perform the follow-ing procedure for displaying the voice commandlist (available only in Alternate Command Mode).

SAA1545



3. Highlight the “Command List” key using theNISSAN controller and push the ENTERbutton.

You can skip steps 1 and 2 above if you say“Help”.


Black plate (279,1)


SAA1901

4. Highlight a category using the NISSANcontroller and push the ENTER button.

SAA2031


6. If necessary, scroll the screen using theNISSAN controller to view the entire list.

7. Press the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.


Black plate (280,1)


List of help commands

Navigation Commands:

See the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

Phone Commands:

COMMAND ACTION

Redial Redials the phone number last dialed.

Dial Number Dials the phone number given in the command.

Phonebook Shows the first page of the “Phonebook” list.

Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history (1 to 5).

Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history (1 to 5).

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Audio Commands:

. Music Box

COMMAND ACTION

Music Box Turns on the “Music Box” hard-disk drive audio system.

. Radio

COMMAND ACTION

Radio Turns the radio on, selecting the station and band last played.

Radio AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

Radio FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.


Black plate (281,1)


. Satellite

COMMAND ACTION

Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on, selecting the station and band last played.

. CD

COMMAND ACTION

CD Starts to play a CD.

. Audio

COMMAND ACTION

Audio OFF Turns the audio system off.

. iPod®

COMMAND ACTION

iPod® Turns the iPod® system on.

Vehicle Information Commands:

COMMAND ACTION

Traffic Info. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen.

Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen.


Black plate (282,1)


Climate Commands:

COMMAND ACTION

Climate Control Turns the climate control system on and operates it in the AUTO mode.

Climate Control OFF Turns the climate control system off.


Black plate (283,1)


SAA1783

Displaying user guideYou can confirm how to use voice commands byaccessing a simplified User Guide, whichcontains basic instructions and tutorials forseveral voice commands.



3. Highlight the “User Guide” key using theNISSAN controller and push the ENTERbutton.

SAA2170


Available items:

. Getting Started

Describe the basics of how to operate theNISSAN Voice Recognition system.

. Using the Address Book

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

. Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

. Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voicecommand operation.

. Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips for how to correctlyspeak commands in order for them to beproperly recognized by the system.

. Voice Recognition Settings

Describes the available voice recognitionsettings.

. Adapting the System to Your Voice.

Tutorial adapting the system to your voice.

USING THE SYSTEM

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. Whencompleted, the system is ready to accept voicecommands. If the TALK switch is pushedbefore the initialization completes the display willshow the message: “Phonetic data downloaded.Please wait.” or a beep sounds.

Before startingTo get the best performance from NISSANVoice Recognition, observe the following:


Black plate (284,1)


. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminate thesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

. When the air conditioner is in the AUTOmode, the fan speed decreases automati-cally for easy recognition.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking acommand.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

SAA1859

Giving voice command1. Push and release the TALK switch

located on the steering wheel.

SAA1932

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,and the system announces, “Please say acommand”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak acommand.

Operating tips:

. Voice commands cannot be accepted whenthe icon is .

. The list displayed can be scrolled by tiltingthe ENTER switch on the steering wheel.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.


Black plate (285,1)


Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return to theprevious screen.

. If you want to cancel the command, pushand hold the TALK switch for 1 second.The message “Voice canceled” will beannounced.

. Push the TALK switch again to pausethe operation. Push the TALK switch torestart the operation.

. If you want to adjust the volume of thesystem feedback, push the volume controlbuttons (+ or −) on the steering wheel oruse the audio system volume knob while thesystem is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers when giving voicecommands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (Forexample, if you would like to say 500, “five zerozero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.)

Phone numbers

Speak phone numbers according to the follow-ing examples:

. 1-800-662-6200

— “Dial one eight zero zero six six two zerozero.”

Note 1: For the best voice recognition phonedialing results, say phone numbers as singledigits.

Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as “five fivefive six thousands”.

Note 3: When speaking a house number, speakthe number “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (Oh)” isincluded in the house number, it will not berecognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if youspeak “oh” instead of “zero”. You can only say“zero” for “0 (Zero)”.

SAA1907

Speaker adaptation function (for Alter-nate Command Mode)The voice recognition system has a function tolearn the user’s voice for better voice recognitionperformance. The system can memorize thevoices of up to three persons.

Having the system learn the user’s voice:

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrumentpanel, highlight the “Others” key on thedisplay and then push the ENTER button.


Black plate (286,1)



3. Highlight the “Speaker Adaptation” key andthen push the ENTER button.

SAA1918

4. Select the user whose voice is memorizedby the system and push the ENTER button.

SAA2171

5. Select a category to be learned by thesystem from the following list and then pushthe ENTER button.

. Navigation

. Phone

. Audio

. Information

. Climate

The voice commands in the category aredisplayed.


Black plate (287,1)


6. Select a voice command and then push theENTER button.

The voice recognition system starts.

SAA1921

7. The system requests that you repeat acommand after a tone.

8. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speakthe command that the system requested.

9. When the system has recognized the voicecommand, the voice of the user is learned.

Push the switch or BACK button to returnto the previous screen.

If the system has learned the command cor-rectly, the voice command indicator on thescreen turns on.

SAA1922

Speaker Adaptation function settings:

Edit Name

Edit the user name using the keypad displayedon the screen.

Store Result

When this item is turned to ON, the voicerecognition system can easily recognize theuser’s voice that it has learned.

Reset Result

Resets the user’s voice that the voice recogni-tion system has learned.


Black plate (288,1)


Continuous Learning

When this item is turned to ON, you can havethe system learn the voice commands insuccession, without selecting commands oneby one.

Minimize voice feedback (for AlternateCommand Mode)To minimize the voice feedback from the system,perform the following steps.


2. Highlight the “Others” key using theNISSAN controller and push the ENTERbutton.


4. Highlight the “Minimize Voice Feedback” keyand push the ENTER button.

5. The item is turned to ON and the vocalfeedback is reduced if the voice recognitionsystem is activated.


Black plate (289,1)



The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for theappropriate error.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/error message Solution

Displays “COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED” or thesystem fails to interpret the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” earlier in this section.

2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.

3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.

NOTE:If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.

4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.

The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag inthe phonebook.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREEPHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” earlier in this section; page 4-75.)

2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.


Black plate (290,1)


MEMO


Black plate (16,1)

5 Starting and driving

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 10/ 26

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5On-pavement and off-road driving precautions . . . . . . 5-5Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Intelligent Key system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Push-button ignition switch operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Steering lock (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Key port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Intelligent Key battery discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch operations. . . . 5-21AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Freeing a frozen door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Anti-freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Engine block heater (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Black plate (292,1)


WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent op-eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is

dangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the lift gate closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive withthe lift gate open, follow theseprecautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation to offand the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the lift gate orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

. If a special body, camper or otherequipment is added for recreationalor other usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to preventcarbon monoxide entry into thevehicle. (Some recreational vehicleappliances such as stoves, refrig-erators, heaters, etc. may also gen-erate carbon monoxide.)

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaustsystem, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Black plate (293,1)


WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline will ser-iously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduce ex-haust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel injec-tion, or electrical systems can causeoverrich fuel flow into the three-waycatalyst, causing it to overheat. Donot keep driving if the engine mis-fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the

vehicle inspected promptly by aNISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dama-ging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the propertire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the lowtire pressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-cator is illuminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or

Starting and driving 5-3

Black plate (294,1)


alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Additional information. The TPMS does not monitor the tire

pressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-

sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “TIRE PRESSURE MON-ITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. (See

“FLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section for changing aflat tire.)



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMSmay not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buriedin snow.

. Do not place metalized film or any


Black plate (295,1)


metal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. Some examples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-da.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause

harmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received,including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steeringmaneuvers, because these driving practicescould cause you to lose control of your vehicle.As with any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “SEATBELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers to do

so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of performingin a variety of on-pavement and off-roadapplications. This gives them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary cars. An advantage ofhigher ground clearance is a better view of theroad, allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional passengercars any more than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts helpreduce the risk of injury in collisions androllovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted orimproperly belted person is significantly more


Black plate (296,1)


likely to be injured or killed than a personproperly wearing a seat belt.

Be sure to read “DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU-TIONS” later in this section.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. If thisoccurs, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surface untilvehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the road

surface, steer the vehicle to stay in theappropriate driving lane.

. If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions, gra-dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safeplace off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressureloss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspect the tires for wear and damage. See“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”while driving maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire airpressure. Losing control of the vehiclemay cause a collision and result inpersonal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accelera-tor pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.


Black plate (297,1)


6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire or see “CHANGING AFLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”section of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andoff-road use. However, avoid driving in deepwater or mud as your NISSAN is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloff-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, orthe like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the roadand avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated with theirseat belt fastened. This will keepyou and your passengers in positionwhen driving over rough terrain.

. Do not drive across steep slopes.

Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to control yourspeed. If you drive across them, youmay roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

. Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill. At the top there could be adrop-off or other hazard that couldcause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in R (Reverse)range. Never back down in N (Neu-tral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheat


Black plate (298,1)


and fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakeslightly and use a low range tocontrol your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargoso it will not be thrown forwardand cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

. To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in thecargo area as far forward and aslow as possible. Do not equip thevehicle with tires larger than speci-fied in this manual. This could causeyour vehicle to roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel couldmove suddenly and injure yourhands. Instead drive with your fin-gers and thumbs on the outside ofthe rim.

. Before operating the vehicle, ensure

that the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

. Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may became hot.

. Lower your speed when encounter-ing strong crosswinds. With a highercenter of gravity, your NISSAN ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires, evenwith AWD engaged.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheels

are raised off the ground. Make sureyou inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury. (AWD models)

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spinthe wheel excessively.

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your vehicle has a highercenter of gravity than a conventionalpassenger car. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passengercars. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover accident.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-


Black plate (299,1)


belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Install tire chainson the front wheels when driving onslippery roads and drive carefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes imme-diately after driving in mud or water.See “BRAKE SYSTEM” later in thissection for wet brakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicleand it rolls forward, backward orsideways, you could be injured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water as deepas the wheel hub, more frequentmaintenance may be required. Seethe maintenance information in the“NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

. Spinning the front wheels on slip-pery surfaces may cause the AWDwarning light to flash and the AWDsystem to automatically switch fromthe AWD mode to the 2WD mode.This could reduce traction. Be espe-cially careful when towing a trailer.(AWD models)

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle exceptin an emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushed 3consecutive times or the ignition switchis pushed and held for more than 2seconds.) If the engine stops while thevehicle is being driven, this could leadto a crash and serious injury.


The Intelligent Key system can operate theignition switch without taking the IntelligentKey out from your pocket or purse. Theoperating environment and/or conditions mayaffect the Intelligent Key system operation.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in-side the vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

SSD0436

Operating rangeThe Intelligent Key functions can only be usedfor starting the engine when the Intelligent Key iswithin the specified operating range *1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the Intelligent Keysystem’s operating range becomes narrowerand may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to turnthe ignition switch to start the engine.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


Black plate (300,1)


. The cargo area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

SSD0910

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATION

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignition switchposition will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change to OFF.(No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return to LOCKduring the OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch position cannot be switched to LOCKuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The selector lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal displaybetween the speedometer and tachometer. (See“DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

STEERING LOCK (if so equipped)

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/8 of a right or left turnfrom the straight up position.


Black plate (301,1)


To lock the steering wheel, push theignition switch to the OFF position andopen any door. To unlock the steeringwheel, push the ignition switch. If thesteering lock release malfunction indicatorappears on the dot matrix liquid crystaldisplay, push the push-button ignitionswitch again while lightly turning thesteering wheel right and left. (See “DOTMATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY” in the“2. Instruments and controls” section.)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key insertedin the Intelligent Key port.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

OFFThe engine can be turned off without locking thesteering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be switched to the LOCK positionuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ONpositions when the engine is not run-ning for an extended period. This candischarge the battery.

SSD0837

KEY PORT


Black plate (302,1)


INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almostdischarged, the guide light *B of the key port*A blinks and the indicator appears on the dotmatrix liquid crystal display. (See “DOT MATRIXLIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into theport *A allows you to start the engine. Makesure that the key ring side faces backward asillustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the portuntil it is latched and secured.

To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, pushthe ignition switch to the OFF position and pullthe Intelligent Key out of the port.

NOTE:

The key port does not charge the keybattery. If you see the low battery indicatorin the dot matrix liquid crystal display,replace the battery as soon as possible.(See “BATTERY REPLACEMENT” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

. Never place anything except theIntelligent Key in the key port. Doingso may cause damage to the equip-

ment.

. Make sure the Intelligent Key is inthe correct direction when insertingit to the key port. The engine maynot start if it is in the incorrectdirection.

. Remove the Intelligent Key from thekey port after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights are clean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seats and adjust head restraints/headrests.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. (See “WARNING/INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE


Black plate (303,1)


1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operate unlessthe selector lever is in either of the abovepositions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Depress the brake pedal and push theignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.

. If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when restart-ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little(approximately 1/3 to the floor) andwhile holding, crank the engine. Releasethe accelerator pedal when the enginestarts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Push the ignition switch tothe ON position to start cranking theengine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stopcranking by pushing the ignition switchto OFF. After cranking the engine,release the accelerator pedal. Crank

the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by depressing thebrake pedal and pushing the push-button ignition switch to start the engine.If the engine starts, but fails to run,repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto OFF and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold weather,keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever tothe P (Park) position and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)in your vehicle is electronically controlled toproduce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress the

foot brake pedal before moving the selectorlever out of the P (Park) position.

This CVT is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed beforeshifting from P (Park) to any drivingposition while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The selector lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into any ofthe other positions if the ignitionswitch is pushed to the LOCK, OFF orACC position.

STARTING THE ENGINE DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Black plate (304,1)


2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the selector lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brakepedal, and then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D(Drive) or L (Low) position. Alwaysdepress the brake pedal until shift-ing is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear before theengine has warmed up.

. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-verse) while vehicle is moving. Fail-ure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

CAUTION

. When stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

SSD0691

ShiftingTo move the selector lever,

: Push the button *A while depressingthe brake pedal.

: Push the button *A .

: Just move the selector lever.

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal, push the selector lever button and movethe selector lever from the P (Park) position toany of the desired shift positions.


Black plate (305,1)


WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) positiononly when the vehicle is completelystopped.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selec-tor lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped before selectingthe R (Reverse) position. The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or anydriving position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

L (Low):

Use this position for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopesand whenever approaching sharp bends. Do notuse the L position in any other circumstances.

SSD0692

Overdrive (O/D) OFF switchWhen the O/D OFF switch is pushed with theselector lever in the D (Drive) position, theindicator light in the instrument panel illuminates.

Use the overdrive off mode when you needimproved engine braking.

To turn off the overdrive off mode, push the O/DOFF switch again. The indicator light willturn off.

Each time the engine is started, or when theselector lever is shifted to any position otherthan the D (Drive) position, the overdrive offmode will be automatically turned off.


Black plate (306,1)


Accelerator downshift— In D position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, dependingon the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection modeThis transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperature with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may belimited.

Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. The MILmay illuminate to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. (See “Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.) This will occur evenif all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait for 10

seconds. Then turn the ignition switchback to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to its normaloperating condition, have a NISSAN dealercheck the transmission and repair if ne-cessary.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operationoccurs, vehicle speed may be graduallyreduced. The reduced speed may belower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If ne-cessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmissionto return to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary.

SSD0693

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition.


3. Remove the shift lock release cover *Ausing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release*B using a


Black plate (307,1)


suitable tool.

5. Push the selector lever button*C and movethe selector lever to the N (Neutral) position*D while holding down the shift lockrelease.

Push the ignition switch to the ON position tounlock the steering wheel (if so equipped). Thevehicle may be moved to the desired location.

If the battery is discharged completely, thesteering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do notmove the vehicle with the steering wheel locked.

Replace the removed shift lock release coverafter the operation.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer checkthe CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedalis depressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lights couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

. Do not leave children unattended ina vehicle. They could release theparking brake and cause an acci-dent.

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal*1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake *2 .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1 andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

PARKING BRAKE


Black plate (308,1)


PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL

. If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The CRUISE in-dicator light on the meter panel will thenblink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill cancel automatically.

. If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

. The CRUISE indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch is turned ONwhile pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE,SET/COAST or CANCEL switch. To prop-erly set the cruise control system, performthe following procedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

SSD0694

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

2. SET/COAST switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAINswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light willilluminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET/COAST

CRUISE CONTROL


Black plate (309,1)


switch and release it. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain theset speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previouslyset speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this happens,drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

a) Push the CANCEL switch.

b) Tap the brake pedal.

c) Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE lightwill turn off.

. If you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/COAST switch and reset at the cruisingspeed, the cruise control will disengage.Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turnit on again.

. The cruise control will automatically cancel ifthe vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position, the cruise control will be

canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATEswitch. When the vehicle attains the desiredspeed, release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will increase by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the SET/COASTswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH(40 km/h).


Black plate (310,1)


CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performance andensure the future reliability and econo-my of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

. Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

. Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

. Select a gear range suitable to road condi-tions.

. Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-omy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

. When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.

. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.(See “ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.)

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


Black plate (311,1)


WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make surethat you inform the test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

SSD0418

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCKSWITCH OPERATIONS

The AWD LOCK switch located on the lowerside of the instrument panel. This switch is usedto select the AUTO or LOCK mode dependingon the driving conditions.

Each time you push the lower part of the switch*A , the AWD mode will switch:AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.

LOCK modeThe AWD LOCK indicator light willilluminate.

AUTO modeThe AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.

AWDmode

Wheel driven

AWDLOCKindica-tor light

Use condi-tions

AUTO

Distribution of tor-que to the front andrear wheels changesautomatically, de-pending on roadconditions encoun-tered[100:0] ↔ [50:50].This results in im-proved driving stabi-lity.*1

Turnsoff.

For drivingon pavedor slipperyroads

LOCK All-wheel drive*2, *3AWDLOCK

For drivingon roughroads

*1: When the rotation difference between thefront and rear wheels is large, the AWDmode may change from AUTO to LOCK fora while, however, this is not a malfunction.

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)


Black plate (312,1)


*2: LOCK mode will change to AUTO modeautomatically when the vehicle has beendriven at a high speed. The AWD LOCKindicator light turns off.

*3: LOCK mode will automatically be cancelledwhen the ignition switch is turned to the OFFposition.

. If the AWD LOCK switch is operated whileaccelerating or decelerating, or if the ignitionswitch is turned off, you may feel a jolt. Thisis normal.

. The oil temperature of power train parts willincrease if the vehicle is continuouslyoperated under conditions where the differ-ence in rotation between the front and rearwheels is large (wheel slip), such as whendriving the vehicle on rough roads throughsand, mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. Inthese cases, the AWD warning light blinksrapidly and the AWD mode changes to2WD to protect the powertrain parts. If youstop driving with the engine idling and waituntil the warning light stops blinking, theAWD returns to the AUTO mode.

WARNING

. When driving straight, shift the AWDLOCK switch to AUTO. Do not oper-ate the AWD LOCK switch whenmaking a turn or backing up.

. Do not operate the AWD LOCKswitch with the front wheel spin-ning.

. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting or driv-ing on slippery surfaces.

. When turning the vehicle in LOCKmode on paved roads, you may feela braking effect. This is a normalcondition of the AWD model.

SSD0336B

AWD WARNING LIGHT

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light illuminates when theignition switch is pushed to the ON position. Itturns off soon after the engine is started.


Black plate (313,1)


If any malfunction occurs in the AWD systemwhile the engine is running, the warning light willcome on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (about twiceper second) while trying to free a stuck vehicledue to high powertrain oil temperature. Thedriving mode may change to 2WD. The AUTOmode may change to the LOCK mode before thewarning light blinks. If the warning light blinksrapidly during operation, stop the vehicle withthe engine idling in a safe place immediately.Then if the light turns off after a while, you cancontinue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warning lightblink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.Check that all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are not worn.

CAUTION

. If the warning light remains on afterthe above operation, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. The powertrain may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warn-ing light blinking.

. Never drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode, as thiswill overload the powertrain andmay cause a serious malfunction.


Black plate (314,1)


SSD0488

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be setand the transmission placed into P(Park). Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an accident.Make sure the selector lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as it can

go and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

. HEADED DOWNHILLWITH CURB:*1Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: *3Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


Black plate (315,1)


WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulicpump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of thebrakes, wearing out the brake and pads fasterand reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt braking

or accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed by aNISSAN dealer.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


Black plate (316,1)


ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintainvehicle control during braking onslippery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified on the

Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See “TIRE AND LOADINGINFORMATION LABEL” in the “9.Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-your-self” section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning onslippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computer sensesa malfunction, it switches the ABS off andilluminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system then oper-ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidly


Black plate (317,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 10/ 26

applies and releases hydraulic pressure. Thisaction is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-tion may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain driving con-ditions, the VDC system helps to perform thefollowing functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the followingconditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow thesteered path despite increased steeringinput)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent lossof vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, theindicator in the instrument panel flashes so notethe following:

. The road may be slippery or the system may

determine some action is required to helpkeep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

See “Slip indicator light” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator lights come on in theinstrument panel. The VDC system automaticallyturns off when these indicator lights are on.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The VDC off indicator illuminates toindicate the VDC system is off. When the VDCswitch is used to turn off the system, the VDCsystem still operates to prevent one drive wheelfrom slipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The indicator flashesif this occurs. All other VDC functions are off andthe indicator will not flash. The VDCSystem is automatically reset to on when theignition switch is placed in the off position thenback to the on position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


Black plate (318,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 10/ 26

that tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feela pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability butdoes not prevent accidents due toabrupt steering operation at highspeeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slip-pery surfaces and always drive care-fully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs,stabilizer bars, bushings andwheels are not NISSAN recom-mended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated the VDC sys-tem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle hand-ling performance, and the in-dicator may flash or both and

indicator lights may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and both

and indicator lights mayilluminate.

. If engine control related parts arenot NISSAN recommended or areextremely deteriorated, both the

and indicator lights mayilluminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher bankedcorners, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the in-dicator may flash or both and

indicator lights may illuminate.Do not drive on these types ofroads.

. When driving on an unstable sur-face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the indicatormay flash or both andindicator lights may illuminate. Thisis not a malfunction. Restart theengine after driving onto a stable

surface.

. If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the in-dicator may flash or both and

indicator lights may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.


Black plate (319,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 10/ 26

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into thekey hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),check the anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see “EN-GINE COOLING SYSTEM” in the “8. Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery shouldbe checked regularly. For additional information,see “BATTERY” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For details, see “ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to providesuperior performance on dry pavement. How-ever, the performance of these tires will besubstantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icyroads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see “TIRECHAINS” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelIf you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have much less tractionor “grip” under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Black plate (320,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 10/ 26

will lose even more traction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If apatch of ice is seen ahead, brakebefore reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are used to assist withcold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord before

starting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least10A. Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.


Black plate (321,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 10/ 26

MEMO


Black plate (322,1)


MEMO


Black plate (19,1)

6 In case of emergency


Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Black plate (324,1)


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated.If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the TPMS will activate and warn youof it by the low tire pressure warning light. Thissystem will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Formore details, see “WARNING/INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the“2. Instruments and controls” section and “TIREPRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damage

could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction of

the tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the selector lever to the P(Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the transmis-sion is shifted into the P (Park)position.

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Black plate (325,1)


. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle. Waitfor professional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks *1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result in personalinjury.

Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the lift gate.

2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).(See “CARGO COVER” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

3. Open the cargo floor board.(See “CARGO FLOOR BOX” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.)

In case of emergency 6-3

Black plate (326,1)


SCE0854Type A

SCE0715Type B

4. Type A:

Remove the cargo floor board.

Type B:

Turn the clips counterclockwise and removethe cargo floor box.

SCE0853Type B

5. Type B:

Open the cargo floor board.


Black plate (327,1)


SCE0716Jacking tools

6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.

Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,then remove the other tools.

SCE0700Spare tire

Spare tire: Turn the clamp to remove the tire.

SCE0630

Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)

WARNING

Never use your hands to remove thewheel cover. This may cause personalinjury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod*1as illustrated.

Apply cloth*2 between the wheel and jack rodto prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.


Black plate (328,1)


Jacking up the vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles. The jack is de-signed for lifting only your vehicleduring a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

SCE0572Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.


Black plate (329,1)


SCE0751

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands as shown above.Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

SCE0039

Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. (See specific instructions under theheading “WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all thewheel nuts contact the wheel surfacehorizontally.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 ,*2 ,*3 ,*4 ,*5 ), more


Black plate (330,1)


than 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It isrecommended that wheel nuts be tigh-

tened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelaffixed to the driver side center pillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and the tools1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and

tools in the storage area.

2. Replace the cargo box.

3. Close the cargo floor board.

4. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small size

spare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.


Black plate (331,1)


To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or death.It could also damage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid isa corrosive sulfuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. Ifthe fluid should come into contactwith anything, immediately flush thecontacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eye

protectors (for example, goggles orindustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and otherobjects away from it.

SCE0719

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle*B , position the two vehicles (*A and*B )to bring their batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all

JUMP STARTING


Black plate (332,1)


unnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea-ter, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with a firmlywrung out moist cloth to reduce explosionhazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).

For models with a steering wheel lockmechanism, if the battery is discon-nected or discharged, the steeringwheel will lock and cannot be turned.Supply power using jumper cablesbefore pushing the ignition switch anddisengaging the steering lock.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, as illustrated),not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *B

and let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle *A being jumpstarted.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn theignition switch to the OFF positionand wait 10 seconds before tryingagain.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ? *1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

PUSH STARTING


Black plate (333,1)


CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until no steamor coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The enginecooling fan can start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle repairedat a NISSAN dealer.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


Black plate (334,1)


When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing mustbe followed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Local serviceoperators are familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand drivetrain are in working condi-tion. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), see “FLAT TOW-ING” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Black plate (335,1)


SCE0439All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsNISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or place thevehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thedrivetrain.


Black plate (336,1)


SCE0438Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

For All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models, see “All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models” earlier in thissection.

CAUTION

. Never tow Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models withthe front wheels on the ground orfour wheels on the ground (forward

or backward), as this may causeserious and expensive damage tothe drivetrain. If it is necessary totow the vehicle with the rear wheelsraised, always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

. When towing CVT models with thefront wheels on towing dollies:

. Push the ignition switch to theACC or ON position, and securethe steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope orsimilar device. For models with asteering wheel lock mechanism,

never secure the steering wheelby pushing the ignition switch tothe LOCK position. This may da-mage the steering lock mechan-ism.

. Move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position.

. When towing a CVT model with therear wheels on the ground (if you donot use towing dollies): Alwaysrelease the parking brake.


Black plate (337,1)


SCE0717Front

SCE0718Tie down and recovery hook

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use a tow strap or other device designedspecifically for vehicle recovery. Always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the recoverydevice.

Front:

Securely install the vehicle recovery hook(stored in the cargo area) as illustrated. Makesure that the hook is properly secured in theoriginal place after use.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the main structuralmembers of the vehicle or therecovery hook. Otherwise, the vehi-cle body will be damaged.

. Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-cle tie downs or recovery hooks.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle. Neverpull on the vehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.


Black plate (338,1)


. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recov-ery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

. Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

. Apply the accelerator as little as possi-ble to maintain the rocking motion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing service

to remove the vehicle.


Black plate (22,1)

7 Appearance and care


Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Air fresheners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Black plate (342,1)


In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicleas soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge andplenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Make sure that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishingis recommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforereapplying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Black plate (343,1)


REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at a NISSAN dealer or any automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the undersealmust be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassto become coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could da-

mage the electrical conductors, radioantenna elements or rear windowdefroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. Thewheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSING

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, itmay react with the coating and form a com-pound. This compound may come off the tirewhile driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily with anoil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Appearance and care 7-3

Black plate (344,1)


Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-pened in mild soap solution, then wipe cleanwith a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasive

and damaging to the leather sur-faces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or am-monia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approvedby NISSAN.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they contactvehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it to hangfree and not contact an interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS

The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend thelife of your vehicle carpet and make it easier toclean the interior. No matter what mats areused, be sure they are fitted for yourvehicle and are properly positioned in thefootwell to prevent interference with pedaloperation. Mats should be maintained withregular cleaning and replaced if they becomeexcessively worn.

CLEANING INTERIOR


Black plate (345,1)


SAI0038

Floor mat positioning aidThis model includes front floor mat brackets toact as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The front floor mats havegrommet holes in them. To install, simplyposition the mat by placing the floor mat bracketthrough the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the floor pan contour.Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completely beforeusing them.

See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint system”section.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

Black plate (346,1)


Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in some areas,consult a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (25,1)

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself


Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Where to go for service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Explanation of maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

VQ35DE engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid. . . . . . . . 8-11Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Variable voltage control system (if so equipped) . . . . . . 8-15Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Windshield wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Rear window wiper blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Battery replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36

Black plate (350,1)


Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain yourNISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as wellas its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the main-tenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide”. You must refer to thatguide to ensure that necessary maintenance isperformed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility toperform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aNISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership information systems.They are completely qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job tomeet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle — in a reliable and economical way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS”later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Black plate (351,1)


Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill, check that the vehicle is held securelywith the selector lever in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brake needsadjustment, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the beltwebbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints/headrests move up and downsmoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)hold securely in all latched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Black plate (352,1)


Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere condition require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines onthe reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface and turning off theengine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See“PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING” in the “5. Starting and driving”section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it correctedimmediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the end

of winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. For additional information, see “CLEANINGEXTERIOR” in the “7. Appearance and care”section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.


Black plate (353,1)


When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are generalprecautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. Move theselector lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in an

enclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine isoff.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperlydisposed engine oil, and enginecoolant and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluid.

. Never leave the engine or the CVTrelated component harnesses dis-connected while the ignition switchis in the ON position.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized com-ponent while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION” in the “9.Technical and consumer information” section.)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect warranty coverage. If in doubt aboutany servicing, we recommend that it be

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


Black plate (354,1)


done by a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2172

VQ35DE ENGINE1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Drive belt location

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Fuse/fusible link holder

7. Window washer fluid reservoir

8. Engine coolant reservoir

9. Radiator filler cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Battery

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Black plate (355,1)


The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool-ant solution. The anti-freeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additionalcooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or cool-ant reservoir cap when the engine ishot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.See precautions in “IF YOUR VEHI-CLE OVERHEATS” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section of this man-ual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only a Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equiva-lent with the proper mixture ratio of

50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralizedor distilled water. The use of othertypes of coolant solutions may damagethe engine cooling system.

Outsidetemperaturedown to Anti-freeze

Deminera-lized wateror distilled

water8F 8C

−30 −35 50% 50%

SDI2173

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level *2 , open the reservoir cap andadd coolant up to the MAX level *1 . If thereservoir is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir up to the MAX level *1 .

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Black plate (356,1)


CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

Major cooling system repairs should be per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

SDI2174

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be within the range*1 . If theoil level is below*2 , remove the oil filler cap

and pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill *3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by the warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

Change the engine oil and filter according to themaintenance log shown in the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

ENGINE OIL


Black plate (357,1)


4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.

. Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

. A suitable adapter should be attached tothe jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

SDI2175 SDI2355

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug

*A .

2. Remove the oil filler cap *B .

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.


Black plate (358,1)


CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oilfilter change is needed.

4. Remove the plastic cover over the oil filterlocation by removing the small plastic clipsas illustrated.

5. Loosen the oil filter *C with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the mountingsurface of the engine. Failure to do socould lead to engine damage.

7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slightresistance is felt, then tighten additionallymore than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

9. Install the plastic cover.

10. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

11. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, and install the oil fillercap securely.

See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section for drainand refill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil temperatureand drain time. Use these specifications forreference only. Always use the dipstick todetermine the proper amount of oil in theengine.

12. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10

minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.


Black plate (359,1)


CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using transmission fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2will damage the CVT, which is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehiclelimited warranty.

When checking or replacement is required, werecommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

SDI2177

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using the HOTrange (*1 : HOT MAX., *3 : HOT MIN.) at fluidtemperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C) orusing the COLD range (*2 : COLD MAX., *3 :COLD MIN.) at fluid temperatures of 32 to 868F(0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add GenuineNISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the capand fill through the opening.

CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF orequivalent.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID


Black plate (360,1)


For additional brake fluid information, see“CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, immediately wash thesurface with water.

SDI2178

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line *2 or the brake warninglight comes on, add Genuine NISSAN SuperHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3fluid up to the MAX line *1 . If fluid must beadded frequently, the system should be checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2179

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add window washer fluid when the lowwindow washer fluid warning light illuminates.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap and pour the window washer fluid into thereservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the water for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindow washer fluid.

BRAKE FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID


Black plate (361,1)


Recommended fluid:Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen-trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.


. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15minutes and seek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

BATTERY


Black plate (362,1)


DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary.) It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWERLEVEL *2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs *A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL*1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell; the condition *1 indicatesOK and the conditions *2 needs more tobe added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “JUMPSTARTING” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (363,1)


CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directlyto the battery terminal. Doing so willbypass the variable voltage controlsystem and the vehicle battery maynot charge completely.

. Use electrical accessories with theengine running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system measuresthe amount of electrical discharge from thebattery and controls voltage generated by thegenerator.

SDI2186

1. Power steering oil pump

2. Alternator

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelt. The engine could rotate unexpect-edly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt isin poor condition or loose, have it replaced

or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belt condition checked regularly.

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM (if so equipped) DRIVE BELT


Black plate (364,1)


WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven-tional type spark plugs since they will last muchlonger. Follow the maintenance log shown in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Donot reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SDI2180

Pull the tabs *1 and pull out the cover *2 .

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the “NISSAN Service and Main-tenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipethe inside of the air cleaner housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stopsflame if the engine backfires. If it

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER


Black plate (365,1)


isn’t there, and the engine backfires,you could be burned. Do not drivewith the air cleaner removed, and becareful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the enginewith the air cleaner removed. Doingso could result in serious injury.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.Then rinse the blade with clear water. If yourwindshield is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


Black plate (366,1)

Model "Z51-D" EDITED: 2009/ 10/ 30

SDI2048

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Push and hold the release tab *A , andmove the wiper blade down the wiper arm*1 .

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple isin the groove.

Contact a NISSAN dealer for wiper blade rubberreplacement.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition; otherwise it may be da-maged when the hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

SDI2199

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *A .This may cause improper windshield washeroperation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove anyobjects with a needle or small pin *B . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.


Black plate (367,1)


Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedal heightdoes not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear warningsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does not

affect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see themaintenance log section of your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES


Black plate (368,1)


SDI2181

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover bypushing the tab *1 .

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller locatedin the passenger compartment fuse box.

SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse *B . Spare fuses are stored in thepassenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

FUSES


Black plate (369,1)


SDI2196

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Pull to remove the fuse box cover *1 .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller *2 .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT


Black plate (370,1)


SDI2135

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protectthe casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2032 or equivalent

. Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom case.

SDI1889

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts,and then push them together until it issecurely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class Bdigital device pursuant to part 15 of theFCC Rules. These limits are designed toprovide reasonable protection againstharmful interference in a residential in-stallation. This equipment generates, uses


Black plate (371,1)


and can radiate radio frequency energyand, if not installed and used in accor-dance with the instructions, may causeharmful interference to radio communica-tions. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particularinstallation. If this equipment does causeharmful interference to radio or televisionreception, which can be determined byturning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the inter-ference by one or more of the followingmeasures:

— Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

— Increase the separation between theequipment and the receiver.

— Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that to whichthe receiver is connected.

— Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.


Black plate (372,1)


SDI2182

1. Front turn signal/park light

2. Headlight (high-beam) or Front park light

3. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam) or (low-beam)

4. Side marker light

5. Front map light

6. Rear personal light

7. Front fog light (if so equipped)

8. Step light

9. High-mounted stop light

10. Back-up light

11. Rear combination light (stop/tail/turn signal/sidemarker light)

12. License plate light

13. Cargo light

LIGHTS


Black plate (373,1)


HEADLIGHTS

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This isnot a malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Replacing

Xenon headlight model:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at a NISSANdealer. For additional information, see“HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

Halogen headlight model:

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long periodof time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance.

. High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

. Only touch the plastic base whenhandling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope.

. Aiming is not necessary after repla-cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-ment is necessary, contact aNISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originallyinstalled as shown in the chart.


Black plate (374,1)


SDI2183

Disconnect the battery negative cable beforereplacing bulbs.

To replace the headlight bulb, if necessary,remove the rubber cover by pulling out the twoclips *1 .

*A High-beam bulb

*B Low-beam bulb


Black plate (375,1)


EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight

High/Low beams (Xenon)* 35 D2S

High beam (Halogen) 65 HB3

Low beam (Halogen) 55 H11

Front turn signal/park light* 27/8 1157NA

Front turn signal light** 21 WY21W

Front park light** 5 WY5W

Front fog light (if so equipped) 35 H8

Front side marker 5 WY5W

Rear combination light*

turn signal 21 W21W

stop/tail LED —

side marker 5 W5W

back-up 16 W16W

License plate light* 5 T10

Front map light 8 —

Rear personal light 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 2 —

Step light* 8 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

Cargo light 8 —

Glove box light* 3.4 —

Mood light* LED —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

**: Xenon headlight model

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at aNISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.


Black plate (376,1)


Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2200Side marker light (Halogen headlight model)

1. Remove the rubber cover. (See “HEAD-LIGHTS” earlier in this section.)

2. Remove the bulb as illustrated.


Black plate (377,1)


SDI2184Front fog light (if so equipped)

SDI2030Front map light

SDI2031Rear personal light

SDI1500BCargo light

SDI2032Vanity mirror light


Black plate (378,1)


If you have a flat tire, see “FLAT TIRE” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section, “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section and “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure of the tires (includingthe spare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information label underthe “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire

and Loading Information label is affixed tothe driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air over time.

. Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect tirelife and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel. The vehicle weight capacityis indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do

not load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capa-city may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

WHEELS AND TIRES


Black plate (379,1)


SDI2197

Tire and Loading Information label

*1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “VEHICLELOADING INFORMATION” in the “9.Technical and consumer information”section.

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to provide thebest balance of tire wear, vehiclehandling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “TIRE LABELING”later in this section.

*6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)


Black plate (380,1)


SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from the

tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-

tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/65R18104T

230 kPa,33 PSI

P235/55R20102T

230 kPa,33 PSI

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/65R18104T

230 kPa,33 PSI

P235/55R20102T

230 kPa,33 PSI

SPARETIRE

Original tire230 kPa,33 PSI

T165/90D18107M

420 kPa,60 PSI


Black plate (381,1)


SDI1575Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the side-wall of all tires. This information identifiesand describes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designedfor passenger vehicles. (Not all tireshave this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.


Black plate (382,1)


SDI1607Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003. If these numbers are missing,then look on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installedtire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/or modelname molding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewall ofthe tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewallof an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.


Black plate (383,1)


TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (Example: Summer, All Seasonor Snow) and construction. ANISSAN dealer may be able to helpyou with information about tire type,size, speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.


. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall. Snow tires have better snow tractionthan All Season tires and may be more appro-priate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M&S on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and may notmatch the potential maximum vehicle speed.

Never exceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction cap-abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause exces-sive tire wear and may damage thetransmission, transfer case and dif-ferential gears.


Black plate (384,1)


. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with tiresof the same size, brand, construction and treadpattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignmentshould also be checked and corrected asnecessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINS

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before instal-ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, makesure they are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains aredesigned to meet the SAE standard minimumclearances between the tire and the closestvehicle suspension or body component requiredto accommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimumclearances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may damageyour vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-commended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damage to the

fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fullyloading your vehicle when using tire chains. Inaddition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving withtire chains in such conditions can cause damageto the various mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “FLATTIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.


Black plate (385,1)


Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at all times.It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the spare tire orany other small size spare tire inthe tire rotation.


SDI1663

1. Wear indicator

2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When

wear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, contact aNISSAN dealer.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. (See “SPECIFICA-TIONS” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for recommended typesand sizes of tires and wheels.)


Black plate (386,1)


WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section ofthis manual for wheel off-set dimen-sions.



. Do not install a damaged or de-formed wheel or tire even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

. The use of retread tire is not re-commended.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears (AWD models).

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.


Black plate (387,1)


. Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

. Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tireWhen a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARYUSE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will notfunction.

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,otherwise your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident.

WARNING

. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire should be used for emergencyuse. It should be replaced with thestandard tire at the first opportunityto avoid possible tire or differentialdamage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

. Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep thepressure of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,4.2 bar). Always keep the pressureof the full size spare tire (if soequipped) at the recommendedpressure for standard tires, as in-dicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe rear wheels and original tireused on the front wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only onthe front (original) tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replace

the spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

. Do not tow a trailer while theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireis installed.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance isreduced. To avoid damage to thevehicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also do not drive the vehiclethrough an automatic car washsince it may get caught.


Black plate (388,1)


MEMO


Black plate (28,1)

9 Technical and consumer information


Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Vehicle identification number (chassis number). . . . . . 9-9Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Loading tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Maximum load limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test. . . . . . 9-26Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-27

In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

Black plate (390,1)


The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 21-5/8 gal 18 gal 82 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1

Engine oil*2

Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6 . Engine oil with API Certification Mark*3. Viscosity SAE 5W-30Without oil filter change 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.3

Cooling system

With reservoir 10 qt 8-1/4 qt 9.450% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalent50% Demineralized or distilled water

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*4

Differential gear oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90*5

Transfer oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*8

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*6 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*7

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “FUEL RECOMMENDATION” later in this section.*2: For additional information, see “ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*3: For additional information, see “ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION” later in this section.*4: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited

warranty.*5: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).*6: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.*7: For additional information, see “VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.*8: DEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Black plate (391,1)


FUEL RECOMMENDATION

NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 98).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,you may use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91), but you maynotice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control system, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-way cat-alyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-fications where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed this spe-cification to improve emission control systemand vehicle performance. Ask your servicestation manager if the gasoline meets theWWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuelsof which the oxygenate content and the fuelcompatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in NISSANvehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experiencedafter using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Black plate (392,1)


E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer-cially. Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) Ifsevere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy spark knockeven when using gasoline of the statedoctane rating, or if you hear steady sparkknock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have a NISSAN dealer correct

the condition. Failure to correct the condi-tion is misuse of the vehicle, for whichNISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms areencountered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

CAUTION

. Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designed forE-85 fuel can damage fuel systemcomponents and is not covered bythe NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

. E-85 is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleadedgasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.


Black plate (393,1)


STI0505

1. API certification mark

2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance, see“CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” earlier in this section. NISSANrecommends the use of an energy conserving oilin order to improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the APIcertification mark on the front of the container.Oils which do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals”.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using an engine oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or exceed-ing recommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals depend


Black plate (394,1)


upon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

. driving in dusty conditions

. extensive idling

. towing a trailer

. stop and go commuting

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,NISSAN A/C system oil Type R or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will requirethe replacement of all air conditioner

system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. A NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing yourair conditioning system.


Black plate (395,1)


ENGINE

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm) 3.760 6 3.205 (95.5 6 81.4)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard FXE22HR-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum18 6 7-1/2J 1.97 (50)

20 6 7-1/2J 1.97 (50)

Tire

Type SizePressure PSI(kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P235/65R18104T

33 (230)P235/55R20102T

T-type T165/90D18 60 (420)

SPECIFICATIONS


Black plate (396,1)


DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 188.5 (4,788)

Overall width in (mm) 74.1 (1,883)

Overall height with-out roof rack rail

in (mm) 67.0 (1,703)

Overall height withroof rack rail

in (mm) 68.1 (1,729)

Front tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610)

Rear tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610)

Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825)

Gross vehicle weightrating

lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S.certification labelon the driver’s sidelock pillar.

Gross axle weightrating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

When planning to travel in another coun-try, you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

STI0334

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


Black plate (397,1)


STI0374

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

Remove the cover to access the number.

STI0562

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certificationlabel is affixed as shown. This label containsvaluable vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.


Black plate (398,1)


STI0563

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

STI0373

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the pillar asillustrated.

STI0339

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached as shown.


Black plate (399,1)


STI0564

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the plasticbag.

. License plate bracket

. Bolt 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Line up the tabs *B on the license platebracket under the top of the front bumper*A . Hold the license plate bracket in place.

3. Mark the center of the hole *C with a felt-tip pen.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39 in(10 mm) drill bit at the marked locations. (Besure that the drill only goes through thebumper fascia.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

6. Install the license plate bracket with bolts.

7. Install the license plate with screws.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


Black plate (400,1)


WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehi-cle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing) - The maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo, andtrailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle isused to tow a trailer, the trailer tongueweight must be included as part of thecargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

. Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occu-pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occu-pants and cargo” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not exceed thenumber of occupants shown as “SeatingCapacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weight.Examples are shown in the followingillustration.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


Black plate (401,1)


STI0445

Steps for determining correct load limit1. Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,


Black plate (402,1)


load from your trailer will be transferredto your vehicle. Consult this manual todetermine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.(See “MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS”later in this section.)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

SIC3596

SECURING THE LOAD

There are tie down hooks located in the cargoarea as shown. The tie down hooks can be usedto secure cargo with ropes or other types ofstraps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 22

lb. (98 N) to a single hook*A or 7 lb. (31 N)to a single hook *B when securing cargo.

WARNING


. The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killedin a collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

. Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximumfront and rear GAWRs. If you do,parts of your vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehicle han-dles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.


Black plate (403,1)


LOADING TIPS

. The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

. Overloading not only can short-en the life of your vehicle and

the tire, but can cause unsafevehicle handling and longerbraking distances. This maycause a premature tire failure,which could result in a seriousaccident and personal injury.Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by the vehicle’swarranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR). These ratings are givenon the vehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below the ratings.

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

. Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavyload for the first 500 miles (800 km).Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

. For the first 500 miles (800 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not makestarts at full throttle. This helps theengine and other parts of yourvehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer places additionalloads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steer-ing, braking and other systems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is availableon the website at www.nissanusa.com. Thisguide includes information on trailer towingcapability and the special equipment required

TOWING A TRAILER


Black plate (404,1)


for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the “Towing Load/Specifica-tion” chart. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

. When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) should not exceed the value specified inthe following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.

STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greaterthan these or using improper towing equipmentcould adversely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, butalso the places you plan to tow. Tow weightsappropriate for level highway driving may have tobe reduced on very steep grades or for lowtraction situations (for example, on slippery boatramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.For example, towing a heavy trailer in high

outside temperatures on graded roads canaffect engine performance and cause overheat-ing. The transmission high fluid temperatureprotection mode, which helps reduce thechance of transmission damage, could activateand automatically decrease engine power.Vehicle speed may decrease under high load.Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer andvehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. Thereduced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chanceof a collision. Be especially carefulwhen driving. If the vehicle cannotmaintain a safe driving speed, pull tothe side of the road in a safe area.Allow the engine to cool and return tonormal operation. See “IF YOUR VEHI-CLE OVERHEATS” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this manual.


Black plate (405,1)


CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impro-per towing procedures are not coveredby NISSAN warranties.

STI0542

Tongue loadWhen using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load between10 to 15% of the total trailer load within themaximum tongue load limits shown in thefollowing “Towing Load/Specification” chart. Ifthe tongue load becomes excessive, rearrangecargo to allow for proper tongue load.

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLEWEIGHT (GAW)

The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel. The GVW equals the combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear GAW mustnot exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming abase vehicle with driver and any options


Black plate (406,1)


required to achieve the rating. Additional pas-sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, suchas the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicleand reduce your vehicle’s maximum towingcapacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, FrontGAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measuredusing platform type scales commonly found attruck stops, highway weigh stations, buildingsupply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacity fortongue load, use the following procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all ofthe passengers and cargo that are normallyin the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGVWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum tongue load.

To determine the available towing capacity, usethe following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chart found

later in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGCWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weighyour trailer on a scale with all equipment andcargo, that are normally in the trailer when it istowed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is notmore than the Gross Trailer Weight Ratingshown on the trailer and is not more than thecalculated available maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scaleto make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight are not more than FrontGross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weighton the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need tobe moved or removed to meet the specifiedratings.

Example:

. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg).

. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) fromF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -5,263 lb. (2,387 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification” chart -8,300 lb. (3,765 kg).

. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-ing Load/Specification” chart - 3,500 lb.(1,588 kg).

5,263 lb. (2,387 kg) GVWR

− 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW

= 337 lb. (152 kg)Available for tongue

weight

8,300 lb. (3,765 kg) GCWR

− 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW

= 3,374 lb. (1,530 kg)Capacity available for

towing

337 lb. (152 kg) / Available tongue weight

3,374 lb. (1,530 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight


Black plate (407,1)


The available towing capacity may be less thanthe maximum towing capacity due to thepassenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-tween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrange thecargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do notexceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specifica-tion even if the calculated available tongueweight is greater than 15%. If the calculatedtongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the available tongueweight.

Always verify that available capacities are withinthe required ratings.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Unit: lb (kg)

MODEL VQ35DE

WEIGHT CVT

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8,300 (3,765)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. NISSAN recommends the use of a tandemaxle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devices are notoffered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for yourtrailer.


Black plate (408,1)


TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitchChoose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure thetrailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle tohelp avoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, rough roadsurfaces or passing trucks.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may becapable of towing a trailer heavier thanthe weight rating of the hitch compo-nents. Never exceed the weight ratingof the hitch components. Doing so cancause serious personal injury or prop-erty damage.

Hitch ballChoose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

. The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch balls alsohave the size printed on top of the ball.

. Choose the proper class hitch ball based onthe trailer weight.

. The diameter of the threaded shank of thehitch ball must be matched to the ball mounthole diameter. The hitch ball shank shouldbe no more than 1/16@ smaller than the holein the ball mount.

. The threaded shank of the hitch ball must belong enough to be properly secured to theball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Sway control deviceSudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffetingcaused by other vehicles can affect trailerhandling. Sway control devices may be used tohelp control these affects. If you choose to useone, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier tomake sure the sway control device will work withthe vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brakesystem. Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using the swaycontrol device.

Class I hitchClass I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (907 kg).

Class II hitchClass II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 3,500 lb (1,588 kg).

CAUTION

. Special hitches which include framereinforcements are required for tow-ing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitablegenuine NISSAN hitches for pickuptrucks and sport utility vehicles areavailable at a NISSAN dealer.

. The hitch should not be attached toor affect the operation of the im-pact-absorbing bumper.

. Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

. Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to installa trailer hitch.

. To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where practi-cal, remove the hitch and/or recei-ver when not in use. After the hitchis removed, seal the bolt holes toprevent exhaust fumes, water ordust from entering the passengercompartment.

. Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securelymounted.


Black plate (409,1)


Tire pressures. When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle

tires to the recommended cold tirepressure indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label.

. Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure should bein accordance with the trailer and tiremanufacturers’ specifications.

Safety chainsAlways use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chains shouldbe crossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safetychains can be attached to the bumper if thehitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chains to permitturning corners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially availablepower-type module/converter must beused to provide power for all trailerlighting. This unit uses the vehiclebattery as a direct power source for all

trailer lights while using the vehicle taillight, stoplight and turn signal circuitsas a signal source. The module/con-verter must draw no more than 15milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter thatexceeds these power requirements maydamage the vehicle’s electrical system.See a reputable trailer dealer to obtainthe proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. For assistance in hooking uptrailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer orreputable trailer dealer.

Trailer brakesIf your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips. Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has an

abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition;check for improper tongue load, overload,worn suspension or other possible causesof either condition.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center of gravitylow.

. Load the trailer so approximately 60% of thetrailer load is in the front half and 40% is inthe back half. Also make sure the load isbalanced side to side.

. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,and trailer wheel lug nuts every time youattach a trailer to the vehicle.

. Be certain your rearview mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.

. Determine the overall height of the vehicleand trailer so the required clearance isknown.

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is free


Black plate (410,1)


from traffic. Steering stability, and brakingperformance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inadver-tently becoming unlatched.

. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. Some states or provinces havespecific speed limits for vehicles that aretowing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.

. When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you want thetrailer to go. Make small corrections andback up slowly. If possible, have someoneguide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector lever tothe P (Park) position before blocking

the wheels and applying the parkingbrake, transmission damage could oc-cur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the downhillside of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowlyrelease the brake pedal until the blocksabsorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:


2. Start the engine.

3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer areclear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.

. When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.

When going up a long grade, downshift thetransmission to a lower gear and reducespeed to reduce chances of engine over-loading and/or overheating.

. If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

. Trailer towing requires more fuel than normalcircumstances.

. Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

. Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.

. When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

. Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affect


Black plate (411,1)


vehicle handling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually)reduce vehicle speed. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle. Never increasespeed.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal toallow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditions allow.This combination will help stabilize thevehicle.

— Do not correct trailer sway by steering orapplying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently applythe brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in this section.

. Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

. Down shift the transmission to a lower gearfor engine braking when driving down steepor long hills. This will help slow the vehicle

without applying the brakes.

. Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

. Increase your following distance to allow forgreater stopping distances while towing atrailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

. Do not use cruise control while towing atrailer.

. Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

. Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after50 miles (80 km) of travel and at everybreak.

. When stopped in traffic for long periods oftime in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P(Park) position.

. When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tail pipe orrear bumper.

. Make sure you disconnect the trailer lightsbefore backing the trailer into the water orthe trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as amotor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any continuously vari-able transmission vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGEinternal transmission parts due tolack of transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground. Doing so


Black plate (412,1)


may cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “TOWING RECOMMENDEDBY NISSAN” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:

To tow a vehicle equipped with a ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT), an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dollymanufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half(1 1/2) times as well on the government courseas a tire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessive

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Black plate (413,1)


loading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information about motorvehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1 (1-800-647-7261).

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (USonly)


Black plate (414,1)


A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)should never be tested using a two wheeldynamometer (such as the dynamometers usedby some states for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areasor provinces, your vehicle may be required to bein what is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready condition”. Before takingthe I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Turn theignition switch to the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds andthen blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is

“ready”.

If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a “not ready”condition, drive the vehicle through the followingpattern to set the vehicle to the “ready condi-tion”. If you cannot or do not want to perform thedriving pattern, a NISSAN dealer can conduct itfor you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to trafficconditions and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idleuntil the engine coolant temperature gaugeneedle points between the C and H (normaloperating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released for atleast 10 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speed of53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least 9minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine running.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmissionselector lever in the P (Park) or N (Neutral)position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode isacceptable between steps. Do not stop theengine until step 7 is completed.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST


Black plate (415,1)


This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR isto record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’s systems per-formed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no dataare recorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g. name,gender, age and crash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as law enforce-

ment, could combine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,such as law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data willonly be accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustrationsand step-by-step diagnostic and adjustmentprocedures, this manual is the same one usedby the factory trained technicians working at aNISSAN dealer. Also available are genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, and genuineNISSAN Service and Owner’s Manuals for olderNISSAN models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later, contact:

1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

1-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals for this model yearand prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

1-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact a NISSAN dealer. For the phone number

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


Black plate (416,1)


and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area callthe NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative willassist you.

Also available are genuine NISSAN Service andOwner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important informa-tion you should know.

Many insurance companies routinely authorizethe use of non-genuine collision parts in order tocut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of Genuine NISSANCollision Parts!If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to NISSAN’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution is simple.Tell your insurance agent and your repairshop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli-sion Parts. NISSAN does not warrant non-NISSAN parts, nor does NISSAN’s warrantyapply to damage caused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value of yourvehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, using

Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limitunnecessary excess wear and tear expenses atthe end of your lease.

NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zonesto minimize the risk that the hood will penetratethe windshield of your vehicle in an accident.Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not providesuch built-in safeguards. Also, non-genuineparts often show premature wear, rust andcorrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enactedlaws that restrict insurance companies fromauthorizing the use of non-genuine collisionparts during the new vehicle warranty. Theselaws help protect you, so you can take action toprotect yourself.

It’s your right!If you should need further information visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)


Black plate (1,1)

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51Air bag system

Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . 1-52Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . 1-55

Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58, 2-14Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Air conditioner service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30, 9-6In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Alarm, How to stop alarm(see vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . 2-11Appearance care

Exterior appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) . . . . . . 2-40Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61Auto closure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Automatic

Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Drive positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Seat positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

B

Back door (See lift gate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Keyfob battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Variable voltage control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(without navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Brightness control

Display ON/OFF button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

C

Cabin air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . 9-2Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Cargo floor box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Cargo lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2CD/CF care and cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Center multi-function control panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41Installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31Installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Chimes, Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Cigarette lighter and ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Circuit breaker, Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-4Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48


Black plate (2,1)

10-2

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Command (See Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76, 4-90Command (See INFINITI voice recognitionsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11, 4-104Compact Disc (CD) changer(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Compact Disc (CD) player/changer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46CompactFlash (CF) player(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Console box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Corrosion protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Cover, Cargo cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41CVT, Driving with CVT(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

D

Daytime running light system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Defroster switch, Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Display cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Display controls(See center multi-function control panel) . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Door/lift gate open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Dot matrix liquid crystal display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Drive positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Driving with CVT(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . . 5-13On-pavement and off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

DVD player, NISSAN mobile entertainment. . . . . . 4-63

E

Economy, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Elapsed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . 9-5Engine oil replacement indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Engine start operation indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Entry/exit function, Automatic drive positioner . . . 3-30Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Filter

Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . 2-36Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD)changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35


Black plate (3,1)

Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . . . . . 1-52Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Front seat, Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front-seat active head restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Fuel economy information (display). . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Fuel octane rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Fuel-filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43

H

Hands-free phone systemBluetooth® (with navigation system). . . . . . . . . . 4-75Bluetooth® (without navigation system) . . . . . . 4-85

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Headlights

Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Headphones (See INFINITI mobileentertainment system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66, 4-73Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Heater

Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Heater and air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . 4-26

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Hood release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Hook

Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

I

Ignition switch (Push-button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Indicator

Dot matrix display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

INFO button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-7

Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Intelligent Key warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53iPod® player operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51ISOFIX child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

K

Keyless entry(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-7

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . 9-9Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-31, 9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

10-3


Black plate (4,1)

10-4

License plate, Installing front license plate. . . . . . . 9-11Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Cargo lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Mood lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . 8-27Loading information(See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Lock

Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Lift gate lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Low fuel warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Low outside temperature warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Low tire pressure warning system (See tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Low washer fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Luggage side box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

M

MaintenanceBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Indicators for maintenance (dot matrix) . . . . . . 2-20Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Maintenance information (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Master warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner. . . . . 3-31Meter, Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Mirror

Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Monitor, Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Mood lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Multi-function controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Music box hard-disk drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

N

New vehicle break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20NISSAN Mobile entertainment system (MES) . . . 4-63NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27NISSAN voice recognition system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99No key warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

O

Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Oil filter replacement indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Operation, Indicators for operation(dot matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Outside air temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Overdrive OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Overheat, If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

P

Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Parking

Brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Parking brake release warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19


Black plate (5,1)

Parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Phone

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(without navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

PowerFront seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

PrecautionsAudio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Driving safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5On-pavement and off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45When starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-10“PUSH” warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

R

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD)changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44, 4-39

Rain-sensing auto wiper system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . 3-7Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Recorders, Event data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Registering your vehicle in another country. . . . . . . . 9-8Remote controller (DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Reporting safety defects (US only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Roof, Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

S

SafetyChild seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Reporting safety defects (US only). . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25Seat belt hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Seat(s)Driver-side memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Security system, Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . 2-25Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Selector lever

Shift lock release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30SETTING button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12SHIFT “P” warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Shift lock release, Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Shifting, CVT(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Small light indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39, 9-7Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

10-5


Black plate (6,1)

10-6

StartingBefore starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

STATUS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Status light, Front passenger air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52Steering

Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Steering lock release malfunctionindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Steering-wheel-mounted controls foraudio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61Tilt/telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Storage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . 1-58, 2-14Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45

SwitchAutolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Overdrive OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-39

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tilt/telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25“Time to rest” indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure warning light . . . 2-12Tire replacement indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

TiresFlat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Low tire pressure warning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-31, 9-10Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Top tether strap child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29Touch screen system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

TowingFlat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3TPMS, Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Transceiver, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Driving with CVT(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . . 5-13Transmission selector lever lock release . . . . . 5-16

Transmitter(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

U

Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Variable voltage control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Vehicle

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8


Black plate (7,1)

Identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Loading information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-39Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system . . . . . . 5-27Vehicle information and settings (display). . . . . . 4-8

Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Voice command (See Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76, 4-90Voice command (See INFINITI voicerecognition system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11, 4-104, 4-112

W

WarningDot matrix display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . 1-58Warning light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58, 2-14All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light . . . . . . . . . 2-10Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Intelligent Key warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Warranty, Emission control system warranty. . . . . 9-25

Washer switchRear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . 2-30Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-28

Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Window(s)

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . 2-30Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-28Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

X

Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

10-7


Black plate (2,1)


FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 98).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,you may use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91), but you maynotice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control systems, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

For additional information, see “CAPACITIES

AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS”in the “9. Technical and consumer information”section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark

. Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for engine oil andoil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “BREAK-IN SCHEDULE” in the “5.Starting and driving” section of this Owner’sManual. Follow these recommendations for thefuture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

2010 murano owner's manual

Automotive